N9, N10 Engine Diagnostic Manual PDF
N9, N10 Engine Diagnostic Manual PDF
N9, N10 Engine Diagnostic Manual PDF
0000003721
Navistar, Inc.
December 2014
Revision 6
© 2014 Navistar, Inc. All rights reserved. All marks are trademarks of their respective owners.
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Service Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2569
II DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 1
Foreword
Navistar, Inc. is committed to continuous research and development to improve products and introduce
technological advances. Procedures, specifications, and parts defined in published technical service literature
may be altered.
NOTE: Photo illustrations identify specific parts or assemblies that support text and procedures; other areas in
a photo illustration may not be exact.
This manual includes necessary information and specifications for technicians to maintain Navistar diesel
engines. See vehicle manuals and Technical Service Information (TSI) bulletins for additional information.
Technical Service Literature is revised periodically. If a technical publication is ordered, the latest revision will
be supplied.
NOTE: To order technical service literature, contact your International® dealer.
2 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Service Diagnosis
Service diagnosis is an investigative procedure that must be followed to find and correct an engine application
problem or an engine problem.
If the problem is engine application, see specific vehicle manuals for further diagnostic information.
If the problem is the engine, see specific Engine Diagnostic Manual for further diagnostic information.
Prerequisites for Effective Diagnosis
• Availability of gauges and diagnostic test equipment
• Availability of current information for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge of the principles of operation for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge to understand and do procedures in diagnostic and service publications
Technical Service Literature required for Effective Diagnosis
• Engine Service Manual
• Engine Diagnostic Manual
• Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
• Service Bulletins
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 3
Safety Information
This manual provides general and specific maintenance procedures essential for reliable engine operation and
your safety. Since many variations in procedures, tools, and service parts are involved, advice for all possible
safety conditions and hazards cannot be stated.
Read safety instructions before doing any service and test procedures for the engine or vehicle. See related
application manuals for more information.
Disregard for Safety Instructions, Warnings, Cautions, and Notes in this manual can lead to injury, death or
damage to the engine or vehicle.
Safety Terminology
Three terms are used to stress your safety and safe operation of the engine: Warning, Caution, and Note.
Warning: A warning describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions, hazards, and unsafe
practices that can cause personal injury or death.
Caution: A caution describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions that can cause damage to
the engine or vehicle.
Note: A note describes actions necessary for correct, efficient engine operation.
Safety Instructions
Work Area
• Keep work area clean, dry, and organized.
• Keep tools and parts off the floor.
• Make sure the work area is ventilated and well lit.
• Make sure a First Aid Kit is available.
Safety Equipment
• Use correct lifting devices.
• Use safety blocks and stands.
Protective Measures
• Wear protective safety glasses and shoes.
• Wear correct hearing protection.
• Wear cotton work clothing.
• Wear sleeved heat protective gloves.
• Do not wear rings, watches or other jewelry.
• Restrain long hair.
Vehicle
• Make sure the vehicle is in neutral, the parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked before servicing
engine.
4 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Table of Contents
DEF: TL & DEF: TT (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature) Sensor Module. . . . . . .746
DEF: SMH Relay (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .782
DOC Temperature Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .800
DOCIT Sensor (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .830
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .840
DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .844
DPFIT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .876
DPFOT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .898
EBP Sensor (Exhaust Back Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .914
EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .930
ECB1 (Engine Compression Brake Output 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .972
ECI Circuit (Engine Crank Inhibit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .992
ECM (Engine Control Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1000
ECT1 Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1033
EFP (Engine Fuel Pump). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1065
EGR Actuator (Exhaust Gas Recirculation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1074
EGT Sensor (Exhaust Gas Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1115
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1132
EOP Sensor (Engine Oil Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1152
EOT Sensor (Engine Oil Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1163
ETP (Engine Throttle Valve Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1187
EWPS (Engine Warning Protection System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1210
FDP (Fuel Delivery Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1247
FLI (Fuel Level Signal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1265
IAHC (Intake Air Heater Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1272
ICP Sensor (Injection Control Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286
IMP (Intake Manifold Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1322
IMT Sensor (Intake Manifold Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1349
INJ (Injector) Circuits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1365
IPR (Injection Pressure Regulator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1768
J1939 Data Link Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1779
MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1782
NOx (Nitrogen Oxides) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1827
RAPP (Remote APP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1904
SCR (Temperature Sensor Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1907
SCRIT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1954
SCROT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1968
TC2CIT (Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1978
TC2WG (Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1997
TOSS (Transmission Output Shaft Speed) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2008
VREF (Voltage Reference). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2025
WIF Sensor (Water In Fuel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2074
10 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 11
Are fuel level and quality to specification, and did fuel system pass inspection?
No: Repair fuel system fault.
After repairs are Operational
Checkout Procedures
complete, retest for original
problem.
Are batteries, electrical system, and connections in good condition, tight, not
corroded, and is battery voltage in specification?
No: Repair broken, loose, or
corroded electrical system
connections or components.
Charge batteries to 12.6
volts. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with Electronic Service Decision
Tool (EST), obtain vehicle health report, and check for current Engine Control
Module (ECM) calibration.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 8.
• 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 26)
• 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 34)
• 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 36)
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine no start conditions and avoid
unnecessary repairs.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 27
Step 2 Determine if injector buzz test will identify a failed injector. Decision
Perform Injector (Buzz) Test (page 2154). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Check for no start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics for no start
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
related SPN.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
No: Go to Step 4.
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
28 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Record snapshot of no start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Data. Decision
Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO data (page 2113). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are battery voltage, FDP, ICP, and engine temperature sensor values within
KOEO specifications?
No: Battery voltage
out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
system, charging system,
or ECM PWR circuit
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: FDP out of
specification: Go to
8.1 Low Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 120).
No: ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics (page
1287).
No: One or more engine
temperature sensors
not within 20°F (7°C)
of others after cold
soak: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics (page
142)for sensor out of
specification.
Are Switch Battery (SWBAT), Engine Speed (rpm), ICP, IPR, FDP, and EGR
within engine cranking specification (page 2403)?
No, SWBAT or Engine
Speed (rpm) out of
specification: Go to 2.1
Engine Cranks Slow or
Does Not Crank (page
49).
No,: ICP or IPR out
of specification: Go to
CPA High-Pressure Oil
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 29
Does engine fail to start, specifically after being run to operating temperature?
No: Go to 2.4 Engine
Never Starts (page 57).
30 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine hard to start conditions and to avoid
unnecessary repairs.
Step 2 Check for hard to start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics (page 142)
for hard to start related
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
SPN.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 31
Step 3 Record snapshot of hard to start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data. Decision
Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 2113). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Are battery voltage, Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP), Injection Control Pressure
(ICP), and engine temperature sensor values within Key-On Engine-Off
specifications?
No, battery voltage
out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
system, charging system,
or ECM PWR circuit
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, FDP out of
specification: Go to
8.1 - Low Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 120).
No, ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics (page
1287).
No, one or more engine
temperature sensors
Not within 20°F (7°C)
of others after cold
soak: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics (page
142) for sensor out of
specification.
Are Switch Battery (SWBAT), Engine Speed (rpm), ICP, IPR, FDP, EGR, Turbocharger 1
Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP), EBP, and DPFDP within Engine cranking specification?
No: SWBAT or Engine
Speed (rpm) out of
specification: Go to 2.1
Engine Cranks Slow or
Does Not Crank (page
49).
No: ICP or IPR out of
specification: Go to CPA
32 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Determine if engine will not start specifically during cold ambient temperatures. Decision
Attempt to start engine. Yes: Go to 3.1 Engine
Hard to Start, Cold
Ambient Temperature
Is engine hard to start, specifically during cold ambient temperatures?
(page 60).
No: Go to Step 6 (page
32).
Step 6 Determine if engine is hard to re-start after being run to operating temperature Decision
A. Run engine to operating temperature. Yes: Go to 3.2 Engine at
Operating Temperature,
B. Attempt to re-start engine at operating temperature.
Hard to Re-Start (page
62).
Is engine hard to re-start specifically after being run to operating temperature?
No: Go to Step 7 (page
33).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 33
4.0 - Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while engine is
not under a load.
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 35
Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine idles properly. Decision
Perform Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data (page 2113) while symptom is occurring. Yes: Go to 4.1 Rough Idle
(page 66).
A. Run engine at idle.
No: Go to Step 4.
B. Full throttle for 15 seconds.
F. Stop recording.
B. Increase engine rpm to rated speed, and return to idle. No: Go to 4.2 Engine
Unable to Reach Rated
Is engine able to reach rated speed?
Speed (No Load) (page
70).
Step 5 Determine if a popping noise is coming from engine air intake. Decision
A. Start engine. Yes: Go to 4.3 Popping
Noise from Intake (page
B. Listen for popping noise from engine air intake.
72).
C. Increase engine rpm to rated speed and return to idle.
No: Review operator
Is popping noise heard from engine air intake? complaint.
36 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while under a
load.
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 37
Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine has a misfire. Decision
Perform Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data (page 2231) while Yes: Go to 5.2 Misfire
symptom is occurring. (Stumble/Surge/Runs
Rough) (page 80).
Does engine speed vary by 50 rpm or more while symptom is occurring?
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Determine if engine is able to reach desired speed during PTO operation. Decision
A. Start engine. Yes: Review operator
complaint.
B. Operate PTO.
Did you Perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure (page 23)?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational
Checkout Procedure (page
23).
Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout Procedure
(page 23).
Step
Check for related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
2
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault Code Diagnostics
for appropriate SPN.
• SPN 191 Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) Vehicle Speed Sensor
(VSS)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
No: Perform 0 to 60 MPH Test
(page 2236) while symptom is
occuring, activate engine brake and
deactivate engine brake. Go to
Step 3
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) exhaust
aftertreatment system problems and avoid unnecessary repairs.
CAUTION: The following service information ONLY applies to N9 and N10 engines with SCR aftertreatment
systems. Using these diagnostics for any other engine or aftertreatment system will result in misdiagnosis and
unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose Engine Control Module (ECM) will not communicate with Electronic Service Tool (EST).
Possible Causes
• Theft Deterrent System
• Public CAN Circuit (terminating resistor, etc.)
• Any failed module on Public CAN
• Power and ground circuits to Diagnostic Connector
• Engine Control Module (ECM) power circuit (ECM fuse, ECM PWR Relay, etc.)
• ECM ground circuit
• Low Battery Voltage
• Faulty ECM
Test Procedure
Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure? Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle
Operational Checkout Procedure
(page 23).
Step
Determine if Electronic Service Tool (EST) is working properly. Decision
2
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 3
Step
Determine if EST communicates with other modules. Decision
3
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 4
C. Under the Connection (Sniffer) tab verify equipped modules are listed
under Module Name and Count is actively changing.
Does EST communicate with modules other than the Engine Control Module
(ECM)?
No: Go to Step 15
CAUTION: Always use the latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
0000003481. Failure to comply will cause misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Step Determine if Engine Control Module (ECM) ground circuits are working
Decision
4 properly.
A. Key Off Yes: Go to Step 5
B. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00959-01 to ECM 76-pin gray chassis
connector and ECM.
Are ECM ground circuits between pins C-2, 4, 6 and battery positive within 0.5V
of battery voltage?
No: Repair ground circuits. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step
Determine if ECM is receiving ignition switch power. Decision
5
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Measure SWBAT circuit voltage between battery ground and pin C-31.
Is voltage between pin C-31 and battery negative within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Go to Step 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 45
Step
Determine if vehicle has an anti-theft system installed. Decision
6
Look for anti-theft password switch panel on vehicle center panel. Yes: See Electrical System
troubleshooting Guide for Anti-Theft
System checks. After repairs
Does vehicle have an anti-theft system installed?
are complete, retest for original
problem.
No: Repair SWBAT ignition switch
circuit. After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is operating properly. Decision
7
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 10
C. Measure voltage between battery positive and ECM PWR relay pin-85
Is voltage between pin 85 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Go to Step 8
Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is open Decision
8
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 10
Is voltage between pin C-70 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Go to Step 9
Step
Determine if Engine Control Module (ECM) is operating properly. Decision
9
A. Install a known good test ECM Yes: Install original ECM. Verify
each step was completed correctly
B. Attempt to recreate original problem
and the proper decision was made.
Step
Determine if power circuits to the ECM are working properly. Decision
10
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 11
Are power circuits between pins C-1, 3 and 5 and battery ground within 0.5V of
battery voltage?
No: Diagnose and repair ECM
power circuit (40A fuse, ECM
PWR Relay, etc.). After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Step Determine if Public CAN circuits between ECM and Diagnostic Connector
Decision
11 are Open or have high resistance.
A. Key Off Yes: Go to Step 12
B. Disconnect Batteries
Step
Measure resistance between Public CAN circuits. Decision
12
Measure resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and pin-D. Yes: Go to Step 14
Step
Measure terminating resistors. Decision
13
A. Remove both 120 ohm Public CAN terminating resistors Yes: Repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are complete,
B. Measure resistance of each terminating resistor
retest for original problem.
Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
14
A. Connect vehicle batteries Yes: Go to Step 9
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add up to
approximately 5V, and CAN-H voltage should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately 5V, and is
CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L is 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: Repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Determine if Diagnostic Connector has proper voltage and ground. Decision
15
A. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-B and battery Yes: Go to Step 16
negative
Is power circuit between pin-B and battery ground within 0.5V of battery voltage;
and is voltage between ground circuit pin-A and battery positive within 0.5V of
battery voltage?
No: Repair power and/or ground
circuit(s) to the Diagnostic
Connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
48 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
16
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 17
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add up to
approximately 5V, and CAN-H should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately 5V, and is
CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L is 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: repair Public CAN circuit wiring.
After repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
Step
Determine what module is causing communication failure. Decision
17
Unplug one Public CAN module at a time, and check when EST CAN Yes: Replace faulty module with a
communication returns. Verify only one module is unplugged at any time. known good module. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does EST CAN communication return when a specific module is unplugged?
No: End Diagnostic Steps
Overview
Determine reason engine cranks too fast, too slow, or will not crank fast enough to start the engine.
Possible Causes
• Failed batteries or low charge
• Corroded or loose battery cables
• Master battery switch turned Off, or Open battery cable circuit
• Starting system faults
• Crank inhibit fault
• Charging system faults
• Internal engine damage (hydro lock due to Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler or injector tip failure,
etc.)
• Starter or flywheel gear binding or not engaging properly
• Power Take Off (PTO) or engine drive engaged
NOTE: See appropriate Truck Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide for additional starting and charging
system information.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Step 5 Determine if master battery switch is Off or battery cable circuit has high Decision
resistance.
Turn ignition key to the Run position and observe instrument panel lights and listen for Yes: Go to Step 6.
injector pre-cycle.
No: Turn master battery
switch On or fix battery
Do instrument panel lights come on and did injectors pre-cycle? cable circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
CAUTION: Follow instructions and safety procedures suggested by test equipment manufacturers.
NOTE: Cold batteries deliver less current.
Step 6 Determine if batteries are able to deliver appropriate current to start engine. Decision
Using Midtronics – inTELLECT EXP HD – Battery and Electrical System tester Yes: Go to Step 7.
(EXP1000HD), test fully charged batteries. Follow directions in tester instruction manual.
Step 8 Determine if engine has internal damage or starter / flywheel gears are binding. Decision
Using Engine Rotation Tool ZTSE6072, rotate crankshaft by hand to determine if Yes: Go to Step 9.
starter/flywheel gears are binding or engine has internal damage.
Overview
Diagnose engine no start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).
Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted IAH grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed Intake Air Heater Relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Yes: Go to Fault Code
SPN 729 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) (page 1272) fault codes. Diagnostics for SPN 729.
Is IAH system operating properly and did all Intake Air Heater Tests pass?
No: Repair IAH faults. After
repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
54 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Is engine coolant heater operating properly and did all tests pass?
No: Repair engine coolant
heater assembly faults.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Overview
Engine will not re-start, after being run to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 55
Test Procedure
Step 3 With engine at operating temperature, check Injection– Control Pressure (ICP) Decision
at Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
A. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more, to allow ICP to bleed off. Yes: Go to SPN 164 FMI 0
SPN 164 FMI 0 (page 1287)
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ICP
Fault Code Diagnostics.
at KOEO.
Step 4 With engine at operating temperature, record snapshot of engine cranking Decision
data.
Perform Engine Cranking Test (page 2172). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) within cranking specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Step 6 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking into Decision
the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2273). Yes: Remove each injector
and inspect injector seals
and bottom of injector for
Is fuel pressure greater than specification and/or erratic?
burning. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Determine reason engine cranks but will not start.
Possible Causes
• Engine Control Module (ECM) fault
• No Start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Air intake restriction
• Exhaust restriction
• Low Injection Control Pressure (ICP) or ICP leaks
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) fault
• Low Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Engine compression loss or mechanical problems
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system fault
• Combustion into fuel system
Test Procedure
Are Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP), Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP),
and Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) within cranking specification?
No: Repair exhaust
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 4 Determine if engine is able to build Injection Control Pressure (ICP). Decision
Review Engine Cranking Test (page 2172) data. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Determine if engine is able to build Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP). Decision
Record snapshot of KOEO Data (page 2113) and review Engine Cranking Test (page Yes: Go to Step 6.
2172).
Step 7 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking into Decision
the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2273). Yes: Inspect injector seals
and bottom of each injector
for burning. After repairs are
Is fuel pressure greater then specification and/or erratic?
complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Diagnose engine hard to start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).
Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed intake air heater relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for Yes: Go to Fault Code
SPN 729 IAHC fault codes (page 1272). Diagnostics for SPN 729
(page 1272).
Is IAH system operating properly and did all Intake Air Heater Tests pass?
No: Repair IAH faults. After
repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 61
Is engine coolant heater operating properly and did all tests pass?
No: Repair engine coolant
heater assembly faults.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Overview
Diagnose engine hard to re-start after being run up to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)
Test Procedure
Step 3 With engine at operating temperature, check Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Decision
Injection Control Pressure (ICP).
A. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more, to allow Injection Control Yes: Go to SPN 164 FMI 0.
Pressure (ICP) to bleed off.
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check ICP
at KOEO.
Step 4 With engine at operating temperature, perform Engine Cranking Test (page Decision
2172).
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) within cranking specification? Yes: Go to Step 5.
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2227).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 63
Step 6 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking into Decision
the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) test (page 2273). Yes: Remove each injector
and inspect injector seals
and bottom of injector for
Is fuel pressure greater than specification and/or erratic?
burning. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Engine is able to start (possibly briefly), but is not able to continue to run.
Possible Causes
• Damaged or restricted intake: Change Air Cooler (CAC), Engine Throttle Valve (ETV), Mass Air Flow (MAF),
air filter, intake piping, clamps, connections, etc.
• Damaged or restricted exhaust: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) catalyst, exhaust brake, exhaust piping, etc.
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve (stuck or sticking open)
• Combustion gasses in fuel (injector)
Test Procedure
G.
Step 3 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is stuck or sticking open. Decision
Perform EGRV Operational Test (page 2271). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Measure fuel pressure to determine if combustion pressure is leaking into Decision
the fuel system.
Perform Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Test (page 2273). Yes: Inspect injector seals
and bottom of each injector
for burning. After repairs are
Is fuel pressure greater then specification and / or erratic?
complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Diagnose cause of engine runs rough or surges at idle.
CAUTION: It is normal for engine to idle rough until engine coolant temperature reaches 141°F (61°C) or more.
Failure to allow engine to warm up properly will cause misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) (low pressure, aerated fuel, etc.)
• Injector circuit or mechanical failure
• Engine compression loss in one or more cylinders
• Engine air intake leaks (unmetered air entering engine air intake)
• Engine accessory dragging or locking up (A/C compressor, belt tensioner, fan drive, etc.)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review engine running snapshot: verify IPR Ctrl is less than 35% at idle. Yes: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Is IPR Ctrl 35% or greater at idle?
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 67
Step 4 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: Verify IPR Ctrl is less than 80% Yes: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater?
No: Go to Step 5.
68 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Determine if injectors and injector circuits are operating properly. Decision
Perform CPA Cold Idle Test (page 2201) and CPA Hot Idle Test (page 2212). Yes, injector fault: Check
resistance of suspect
injector circuit. Repair
Does CPA Cold Idle Test and/or CPA Hot Idle Test determine a fault?
circuit problem(s). If
circuit checks are good,
replace injector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Yes, high speed
fluctuation: Check
resistance in injector
circuits through the UVC
gasket. Repair circuit
problem(s). If UVC
checks are good go to
CPA High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test (page
2227).
No: Go to Step 6.
Is fuel delivery pressure (gauge) within Low Idle, No Load, Stabilized Engine Operating
Temperature (page 2403) specification?
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
120).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 69
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not run engine more than 2 minutes with accessory drive belts
disconnected.
Overview
Engine without a load is not able to increase rpm up to rated speed.
Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Engine air restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range %. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify APP percentage at idle and at full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 4.
same as ICP Desired.
Step 4 Determine if Exhaust Gas Reticulation (EGR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify EGR valve remains closed (35%). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Overview
Engine cylinder compression popping back through the intake.
Possible Causes
• Contaminated or incorrect fuel
• Sticking, damaged, or leaking intake or exhaust valve(s)
• Damaged pushrod(s)
• Damaged rocker arm or shaft
• Failed roller tappet assembly
• Failed camshaft
Test Procedure
Step 3 Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arm assembly, or valve lash Decision
out of adjustment.
A. Remove valve cover. See Engine Service Manual . Yes, damaged rocker
arm assembly: Replace
B. Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arms, or valve lash out of
damaged valve train
adjustment (focusing on any cylinders with low compression from Step 1).
components. After
C. Measure valve lash. repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is valve train for any cylinders loose, damaged, or valve lash out of adjustment?
problem.
Yes, valve lash out of
adjustment: Perform
Cleaning and Inspection
of Push rods, and
Measure Camshaft Lobe
Lift in the Engine Service
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 73
Overview
Vehicle or engine is not able to accelerate properly while under a load.
Before beginning the following diagnostics, perform 1.0 – Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure
(page 23), and 5.0 – Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedures (page 36).
Possible Causes
• Vehicle overloaded (load higher then engine designed for)
• Road speed governor programmable parameter set too low
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor or circuit
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) barometric pressure error
• Exhaust restriction
• Boost control system fault
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking open
• Intake restriction
• Turbocharger coking or damage
• Low compression
• Engine compression brake engaged when not commanded.
Test Procedure
Step 2 Verify Road Speed Governor programmable parameter is set above desired Decision
vehicle speed.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Select > Sessions > Parameters > Max Vehicle Speed with Road Speed Limiting
On, OR Road Speed Limiting Secondary Vehicle Speed Limit.
Are Road Speed Limiting programmable parameters set above desired vehicle speed?
No: Set Road Speed
Limiting programmable
parameters to maximum
desired vehicle speed. After
repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
Step 3 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Perform 0 to 60 MPH
Test (page 2240), and then
B. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software and log in.
go to Step 4.
C. Select Sessions > Performance
Step 4 Determine if engine compression brake is operating properly (if equipped). Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify BCP actual is approximately the same as BCP desired. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is BCP actual approximately the same as BCP desired, and when desired is 0, actual
is below 100 psi?
No: Go to Engine
Compression Brake
Engaged when Not
Commanded.
76 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately the same as Yes: Go to Step 6.
ICP Desired.
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired and above 4000 psi
at 100% APP and 100% Engine Load?
No: Go to Cylinder
Performance Analyzer
(CPA) High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test (page
2227).
Step 6 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify IPR Ctrl is less than 80%. Yes: Go to Cylinder
Performance Analyzer
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater?
(CPA) High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test (page
2227).
No: Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) is reading proper Barometric Absolute Decision
Pressure for local elevation and barometric pressure.
A. Review 0 to 60 snapshot: determine recorded Barometric Absolute Pressure. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Determine local elevation and barometric pressure. (Examples: 14.7 psia at sea
level, 13.2 psia at 3000 ft., 11.8 psia at 6000 ft., 10.1 psia at 10,000 ft.)
Step 11 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is operating properly. Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify EGR Position is approximately the same as EGR Valve Yes: Go to Step 12.
CTL.
Does Air Management Test pass and no fault codes are set?
No: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics (page 142) for
specific SPN/FMI. After
repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
Step 13 Determine if Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) during acceleration is reasonable. Decision
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify IMP is within 5 psi of Full Load specification for specific Yes: Go to Step 16.
rating of engine. IMP can vary based on ECM calibration (engine rating) and vehicle
weight.
B. Pressurize the Charge Are Cooler (CAC) system to 35 psi using Charge Air
Cooler (CAC)Tester ZTSE4341 and Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937.
C. Inspect hoses and clamps, interstage cooler, and Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
Is the air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 79
Overview
Engine power or speed (rpm) varies unexpectedly by more than 50 rpm under a load.
Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor or circuit
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Air intake (boost) leaks
• Engine compression loss of one or more cylinders
• Injector circuit or mechanical problem
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 81
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) signal is correct and stable. Decision
Review snapshot of engine running data: Verify APP signal moves smoothly as the Yes: Go to Step 3.
throttle is depressed and does not jump unexpectedly.
Is APP signal stable and not jumping unexpectedly, 0% at idle, and 99% or greater at full
throttle?
No: Repair APP sensor or
circuit problem. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 3 Determine if Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) is operating properly. Decision
A. Start engine. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Visually verify if EBPV is fully open and not moving (unless in regen mode).
Look at valve and verify rod is fully retracted and not moving.
C. Verify if EBPV cycles opened and closed three times after engine shutdown.
Is EBPV fully open and not moving (unless in regen mode), and does EBPV cycle after
shutdown?
No: Diagnose and repair
EBPV system. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 5 Determine if Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review snapshot of engine running data: verify if EGR Position is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 6.
same as EGR Valve CTL.
Step 6 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
Review snapshot of engine running data: verify Injection Control Pressure is Yes: Go to Step 7.
approximately the same as ICP Desired.
Step 7 Determine if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review snapshot of engine running data: verify if IPR Ctrl is less than 80% while under Yes: Go to CPA –
load or less than 35% when stationary. High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Is IPR Ctrl 80% or greater under load, or greater than 35% when stationary?
No: Go to Step 8.
B. Pressurize the Charge Are Cooler (CAC) system to 30 psi using Charge Air
Cooler (CAC)Tester ZTSE4341 and Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937.
C. Inspect hoses and clamps, interstage cooler, and Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
Is the air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Overview
Engine is not able to increase rpm up to desired speed during Power Take Off (PTO) operation.
Before beginning the following diagnostics perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Procedure
(page 23) and 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 34).
Possible Causes
• Power Take Off (PTO) circuit or system fault
• Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) set speed (not set high enough or not set correctly)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Intake restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
Test Procedure
NOTE: See CT-471 Body Builder books for additional Power Take Off (PTO) and Auxiliary Engine Speed Control
(AESC) information.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 85
Step 2 Verify if Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) / remote engine throttle Decision
programmable parameters are set above desired speed.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page Yes: Go to Step 3.
2124).
Step 3 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range percent. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify percent at idle and full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify if ICP is approximately the same as ICP Desired. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Determine if Exhaust Gas Reticulation (EGR) system is operating properly. Decision
Review engine running snapshot. Verify if EGR Position is approximately the same as Yes: Go to Step 5.
EGR Valve CTL.
Overview
Check for contamination of the coolant in the deaeration tank.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear protective clothing when handling oil / fluids.
Possible Causes
• Oil cooler
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater lines
Test Procedure
Is the coolant contaminated with Lube Oil or Diesel Exhaust Fluid Yes: DEF, go to Step 2.
(DEF)?
No: Review complaint.
Overview
Diagnose loss of coolant from the cooling system.
Possible Causes
• Failed deaeration tank cap
• External leaks
• Coolant overflow
• Coolant leak to exhaust
• Coolant leak to intake
• Coolant leak to lube oil
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose cooling system that exceeds normal operating temperature.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Possible Causes
• Deaeration tank
• Low coolant level
• Coolant leaks
• External radiator air blockage
• Internal radiator coolant flow blockage
• Accessory drive belt
• Thermostat
• Belt tensioner
• Fan clutch
• Water pump
• Cooling fan
• Gauge error
• Incorrect radiator
• Fan shroud damaged or missing
• Coolant concentration (freeze point)
92 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test Procedure
Did the temperature gauge and ECT1 values match as the engine
warms up to normal operating range?
No: Repair as needed, and then repeat Step 2.
CAUTION: To prevent radiator damage, do not hold direct high pressure water or air close to the radiator fins.
Overview
Diagnose coolant overflowing from the cooling system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Possible Causes
• Deaeration cap
• Deaeration tank
• Air compressor
• Cylinder head
• Injector sleeve
• Head gasket
• Cylinder sleeve (cavitation or cracks)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if deaeration tank and cap will hold pressure. Decision
Perform Deaeration Tank and Cap Test (page 2311). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Step 5 Determine if fuel injector sleeves or cylinder head are leaking. Decision
A. Remove cylinder head. Yes: Replace leaking fuel
injector sleeves, or leaking
B. Perform Cylinder Head Pressure Test in the Engine Service Manual.
cylinder head then go to
Are any fuel injector sleeves, or the cylinder head leaking? Step 11 (page 96).
No: Go to Step 6.
Step 9 Measure cylinder head thickness to determine if cylinder head can be Decision
resurfaced.
Perform Measuring Cylinder Head Thickness procedure in Engine Service Manual and Yes: Resurface the cylinder
compare measurements to Cylinder head thickness specifications. head. Go to Step 11.
Will cylinder head exceed minimum cylinder head thickness after resurfacing?
No: Replace the cylinder
head. Go to Step 11.
96 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Are Cylinder sleeve protrusion and Cylinder sleeve protrusion difference between all
six sleeves within specification?
No: Correct liner protrusion
and assemble engine. Go to
Step 11.
Step 11 Reassemble and use Coolant Management Tool to fill cooling system.
Overview
Diagnose evidence of coolant in the exhaust.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Possible Causes
• Injector sleeve
• Cylinder head
• Exhaust Gas Regulator (EGR) cooler
98 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test Procedure
Does the cylinder head leak at the casting or any injector sleeves
leak coolant?
No: Got to Step 7.
Overview
Diagnose coolant loss to intake piping or manifold.
Possible Causes
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Interstage cooler
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose loss of coolant from the cooling system into the lube oil system.
Possible Causes
• Oil cooler
• Air compressor
• Cylinder head cup plugs
• Cylinder head cup plugs (intake side)
• Front cover gasket and O-rings
• Injector sleeves
• Cylinder head
• Head gasket
• Liner O-rings
Test Procedure
Is the lube oil contaminated with coolant? No: Take an oil sample
for analysis. Examine
evidence of coolant loss
and coolant in the oil.
Step 15
A. Reassemble engine.
B. Change the engine oil, oil filter, and the centrifugal oil filter (If equipped).
Overview
Diagnose contamination of the engine lube oil.
Possible Causes
• Coolant leak to oil
• Oil contaminated with foreign liquids by poor service error
Test Procedure
Step 1 Inspect engine lube oil level, and inspect oil for contamination. Decision
Perform Engine Oil and Quality Check (page 2353). Yes: Review operator
complaint.
Is engine oil level to specification and not contaminated?
No: Go to step 2.
Step 2 Take engine oil sample and inspect for contamination. Decision
A. Take engine oil sample. Yes: Go to Coolant Leak
to Lube Oil (page 102), or
B. Inspect sample for coolant and Diesel Engine Fuel (DEF) contamination.
repair DEF leak to engine
Is the oil contaminated with coolant or DEF? oil.
No: Review operator
complaint.
Overview
Diagnose engine oil in the air intake system.
Possible Causes
• High-Pressure (HP) turbocharger
• Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger
Test Procedure
Step 1 High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) intake pipe inspection. Decision
A. Remove the HPCAC intake pipe. Yes: Go to Step 2 (page
109).
B. Inspect the pipe and turbocharger outlet for oil residue.
No: Review complaint.
Is oil residue present in the pipe or the turbocharger outlet?
Overview
Diagnose engine lube oil in the exhaust system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before working with
components.
Possible Causes
• High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger
• Low-Pressure (LP) Turbocharger
• Internal engine damage
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose low engine oil pressure.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke near fuel and keep fuel away from
flame and sparks.
Possible Causes
• Oil level (low or high)
• Aerated oil
• Pickup tube gasket
• Fuel-diluted oil
• Cracked pickup tube
• Oil pump
• External leaks
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Biased Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Piston cooling jets
• Loose rocker arm bolt
• Worn rocker arms or shaft
• Bearing inserts (main and rod)
• Incorrect oil pressure gauge
• Camshaft bushing
• Bearing inserts (main and rod)
Test Procedure
E. Reinstall EOT.
Step 3 Inspect engine oil system for damage and external leaks. Decision
A. Inspect engine oil pan, oil cooler module, oil filter assembly, turbocharger oil supply Yes: Repair damage
lines, air compressor, high-pressure oil pump, valve cover, and front cover for or leaks. After repairs
damage or leaks. are complete, retest for
original problem.
B. Inspect for external engine oil leaks.
No: Go to Step 4.
Are there external engine oil leaks or oil system damage?
Step 4 Determine if manual gauge, ServiceMaxx™, and instrument panel oil pressure Decision
gauge readings meet specification and match.
Perform Instrument Panel Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Validation Test (page 2340). Yes: Re-examine
complaint.
Does engine oil pressure meet specifications on the Pressure Test Kit (manual) gauge,
ServiceMaxx™, and instrument panel gauge? No: If manual gauge and
ServiceMaxx™ software
do not match, diagnose
EOP sensor and circuits
(page 1152).
No: If manual gauge,
ServiceMaxx™ software,
and instrument panel
gauge match but are
below specifications, go
to Step 5.
Step 6 Determine if internal engine lubrication system components are broken, leaking Decision
or out of specification.
Perform Oil and Crankcase Inspection (page 2389) to help determine if the oil pickup tube, Yes: Adjust or repair as
oil pick up tube gasket, piston cooling jets, camshaft bushings, main bearings, rod bearings, needed. After repairs
or oil pressure regulator valve are broken, leaking or out of specification. are complete, retest for
original problem.
Are any internal engine parts damaged or out of specification?
No: Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Determine if engine oil pump is damaged, worn or out of specification. Decision
A. Inspect the engine oil pump housing and plate for gouging, scoring, or a discolored Yes: Replace oil
hot-scored appearance. pump. After repairs
are complete, retest for
B. Inspect the gerotor gears for excessive wear or damage.
original problem.
C. Perform Measuring Oil Pump Side Clearance and Measuring Oil Pump End
No: Go to Step 8.
Clearance in the Engine Service Manual.
Step 8 Determine if rocker shaft or rocker arms are out of specification or damaged. Decision
Perform Inspection and Measurement of Rocker Arms and Measuring Rocker Shaft in the Yes: Replace
Engine Service Manual. components as needed.
After repairs are
Are rocker arms or rocker shaft out of specification or damaged?
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Diagnose high engine lube oil pressure.
Possible Causes
• Dash gauge
• Sensor and sensor circuits
• Pressure regulator valve
• Contaminated oil
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Restricted oil module drain port
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 117
Test Procedure
Step 5
Reassemble engine.
Overview
Diagnosis fuel delivery pressure low or high problem.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flame and sparks.
Possible Causes
• Low / no fuel in fuel tanks(s)
• Restricted fuel strainer
• Fuel filter restriction
• Fuel gelling in cold weather
• Fuel inlet restriction or leak (supply line, tank, pickup, optional primary fuel filter)
• Restricted fuel return line
• Electric fuel pump power, ground, or relay circuits
• Failed fuel pressure regulator
• Leaking or damaged fuel supply or return fittings
• Incorrect fuel pump O-rings
• Failed fuel pump
Test Procedure
Step 3 Inspect fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel pump O-rings. Decision
A. Disconnect fuel inlet from engine mounted fuel filter module. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Inspect and clean fuel inlet fitting of debris. No: Install Navistar
International approved
C. Turn Key On for 20 seconds (to reduce fuel in filter module).
fuel filter.
D. Turn Key Off.
Clean or replace fuel
E. Remove and inspect engine mounted fuel filter. strainer.
F. Remove and inspect fuel pump, strainer, and O-rings. Install proper brown O-rings
on fuel pump.
Low fuel delivery pressure, hard to start, or no start can be caused by non-Original
Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) fuel filters and / or wrong O-rings installed on After repairs are complete,
the fuel pump. retest for original problem.
Is fuel filter made by a Navistar International approved manufacturer? Is fuel filter and
strainer clean, and are fuel pump O-rings brown?
122 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Determine if fuel pump will run when provided power and ground. Decision
CAUTION: Use a 10 amp fuse in the circuit, in case pump is shorted. Yes: Reinstall fuel pump. Go
to Step 5.
With fuel pump removed from engine, provide power and ground to the pump: No: Replace electric fuel
pump. After repairs are
A. Install Fuel Pump Breakout Harness - ZTSE6023 on fuel pump connector, leave complete, retest for original
engine harness disconnected. problem.
B. Install power circuit with 10 amp fuse to pins-4 and 6.
C. Ground pin-1.
Step 5 Determine if electric fuel pump power and ground circuits are operating Decision
properly.
Perform Fuel Pump Voltage Test (page 2276). Yes: Go to Step 7.
No: Leave Breakout
Is voltage reading between Pin-6 and Pin-1, and between Pin-4 and Pin-1 within 0.5 volt Harness connected. Go
of battery voltage when the fuel pump is energized? to Step 6.
Step 6 Determine if electric fuel pump power and ground circuits are operating Decision
properly.
Using a Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure voltage between pin-4 and ground, and Yes: Repair electric fuel
between pin-6 and ground, when fuel pump is commanded on. Key must be Off for 10 pump ground circuit. After
seconds, or more, and then cycled On for Electronic Control Module (ECM) to command repairs are complete, retest
fuel pump On. for original problem.
No: Repair electric fuel
Is voltage at pins 4 and 6 within 0.5 volts of battery voltage? pump power circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 123
Test Procedure
Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine Compression
Brake Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 41).
Step Check for Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) or Transmission Output Shaft
Decision
3 Speed (TOSS) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Got to Fault Code Diagnostics
for SPN 91,191 or 2623
• SPN 91 and 2623 APP
No: Go to Step 4
• SPN 191 TOSS
Step Verify all operator controls are set properly to allow engine brake
Decision
4 operation.
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 5
Step
Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
6
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: verify Injection Control Pressure is approximately the Yes: Go to Step 7
same as ICP Desired.
No: Go to CPA High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Is Injection Control Pressure approximately the same as ICP Desired?
Step
Determine if ICP system is operating properly. Decision
7
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: Yes: Go to CPA High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test (page 2227).
Verify ICP Ctrl is less than 80%
No: Check and adjust brake lash.
Then retest operation.
Is ICP Ctrl less than 80%?
128 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Possible Causes
• Failed high-pressure oil manifold
• Brake pressure relief valve stuck shut
• Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid stuck open or leaking
• Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) circuit fault
• Incorrect brake lash adjustment
• BCP sensor or circuit fault
Test Procedure
Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine Compression
Brake Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 41).
CAUTION: See latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Step
Determine if ECB1 actuator or O-rings are leaking or damaged. Decision
4
A. Remove ECB1 actuator. See Engine Service Manual Yes: Replace O-rings and reinstall
original ECB1 (if undamaged). After
B. Check ECB1 actuator and O-rings for leaks or damage
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
Is ECB1 actuator or O-rings leaking or damaged?
No: Go to Step 5
Step
Determine if ECB1 actuator, or High-Pressure oil manifold have failed. Decision
5
A. Install new ECB1 actuator Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. After repairs are complete, retest for original problem. No: Install a new high-pressure
oil manifold. Adjust engine brake
lash see Engine Service Manual.
Is engine compression brake engaged when not commanded problem repaired?
After repairs are complete, retest
for original problem.
Aftertreatment Symptoms
10.1 - Parked Regeneration Will Not Activate
Overview
Diagnose cause of parked aftertreatment regeneration is commanded ON, but aftertreatment regeneration does
not start.
Possible Causes
• Power Take Off (PTO) / Auxilliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) active
• Accelerator off idle
• Clutch engaged
• Engine not warmed up (Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) below 122°F [50° C])
• Regeneration inhibit switch enabled
• Service brake active
• System fault active
• Vehicle speed 5 MPH or more
Test Procedure
Step 3 Verify all operator controls are set properly to allow parked regeneration. Decision
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 4 (page
132).
• Power Take-Off (PTO) / Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) is not active
No: Bring all operator
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
controls to proper
• Clutch pedal is released condition to allow a
parked regeneration.
• Engine is warmed up – ECT1 is above 122°F (50° C)
After repairs are
• Regeneration inhibit switch is not enabled complete, retest for
original problem.
• Service brake is not depressed
Step 4 Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) to determine if parked regeneration is Decision
inhibited.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ and log in. Yes: Repair component
or circuit causing Inhibitor
B. Select > Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF Regeneration.
to be “inhibited”. After
C. Select Inhibitors tab repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Are any Inhibitors listed as “inhibited”?
No: Go to Step 5 (page
132).
Step 5 Verify Electronic Control Module (ECM) is receiving signal to start parked Decision
regeneration.
A. Press Parked Regen Switch. Yes: Verify each step
was completed correctly
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™
No: Repair Force Regen
C. Select > Procedure > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > System State tab >
Switch or circuit. After
Regen Status sub tab.
repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is the AFT DPF Regen Stage active? problem.
Overview
Diagnose excessive black smoke comes out of exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Engine performance problem
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust leaks or damage
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for engine performance related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
appropriate SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3 (page
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) 134).
• SPN 651 - 656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659 - 3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
Does ETC DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
B. Compare DPF to DOC and DPF Reuse Guidelines. No: Replace DPF. Go to
Step 6 (page 135).
Step 5 Do DPF regeneration and check for exhaust leaks and damage. Decision
Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure . Yes: Verify steps were
completed correctly and
While test is running, check the following components for exhaust leaks and verify all
the proper decision was
fasteners, brackets and clamps are secured and undamaged:
made.
• Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger outlet pipe
No: Repair exhaust
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) leaks, damage and loose
parts. After repairs are
• Flexible mesh pipe to the DOC inlet
complete, retest for
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet original problem.
Are all components free of exhaust leaks and all fasteners, brackets and clamps secure
and undamaged?
Does snapshot closely match Air Management System Graph (GOOD) (page 2177)?
Step 7 Check for Mass Air Flow (MAF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 132 MAF
appropriate SPN 132
fault. After repairs are
Are SPN 132 faults present? complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 8 (page
135).
136 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 9 Determine if Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is operating properly. Decision
A. Using ServiceMaxx™ playback, graph the following signal values from the 0 to Yes: Go to Step 10 (page
60 MPH Test: 136).
B. Look at snapshot and reference 0 to 60 MPH RPM, Load, IMP, EBP and APP1
Graph (page 2242).
Is air management system operating similar to 0 to 60 MPH RPM, Load, IMP, EBP and
APP1 Graph?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 137
D. Look at snapshot and reference Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph (page No, exhaust
2245) and compare to Soot Load Level versus Exhaust Gas Target Temperature temperatures do not
Chart (page 2406). reach target temperature:
Test and repair Engine
Throttle Valve (ETV)
Does snapshot closely match Normal Exhaust Gas Temperature Graph and does exhaust and/or Exhaust Back
gas reach target temperature for soot load level? Pressure Valve (EBPV).
After Repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 12 Repair any active faults set during DPF Regeneration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for fault code(s) that may have become Yes: Go to Fault
active during the DPF Regeneration Procedure. Code Diagnostics for
appropriate fault. After
repairs are complete,
Does DTC List contain any active fault code(s)?
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Diagnose cause of unburned diesel fuel or coolant passing into exhaust. Some white smoke is normal during
engine warm-up.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler failure
• Injector fault
• Down Stream Injection (DSI) System (only if fault code sets)
• Low cylinder compression (rings, etc.)
• Air management system problems
• Intake air heater fault
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if engine coolant is low, engine is overheating or has a history of Decision
either.
A. Review current Repair Order Yes: Go to 6.2 Coolant
Loss (page 89), or 6.3
B. Review repair history using Navistar® Service Portal, enter Chassis/VIN Number
Coolant Over-Temp
(page 91). After repairs
Is engine coolant low, is engine overheating, or is there a history of either? are complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 3 (page
138).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 139
Step 4 Check for engine performance related Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault Code Diagnostics
for appropriate SPN.
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
No: Go to Step 5 (page 140).
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• SPN 651 - 656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659 - 3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
Is IAH system operating properly and did all intake air heater Tests pass? No: Repair IAH Faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 6 Test cooling system operation with engine at operating temperature. Decision
A. Run engine to operating temperature Yes: Go to Step 7 (page
140).
B. Perform Cooling System Pressure Test (page 2314), Coolant Over-Flow /
Over-Temperature Test (page 2318) and Thermostat Operational Test (page 2319). No: Repair coolant
system problem. After
repairs are complete,
Is cooling system holding coolant under pressure, not overheating or overflowing?
retest for original
problem.
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, provide proper ventilation when operating an engine in a
closed area. Inhalation of exhaust gas can be fatal.
Overview
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) measures outside air temperature where engine is operating. AAT represents
air temperature for engine cooling performance.
144 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor other engine temperature sensors after a calibrated
adjustable cold-soak period (time).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, measure voltage between pin-1 and pin-2. No: Go to step 4.
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, measure resistance. No: Repair AAT SIG
GND wire. After repairs
Is resistance less than 5 ohms?
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) voltage is
greater than 4.5 volts for 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• AAT sensor signal circuit OPEN
• AAT sensor signal circuit short to PWR
• AAT sensor SIG GND circuit OPEN
• Failed AAT sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 147
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 149
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to AAT vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to AAT vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic DTC list SPN 171 FMI 4 sets
Trouble Code (DTC) fault list.
Decision
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace AAT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 151
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to AAT vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-2 to GND.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) signal voltage
is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when the fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check AAT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
harness, or terminal
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are the AAT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 4.
154 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 155
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 171 FMI 3 sets
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 171 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace AAT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND between AAT sensor pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin C-47. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 171 FMI 4.
Overview
Aftertreatment (AFT) System catalyzes carbon monoxide (CO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Hydrocarbons
(HC), and has three main components: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF),
decomposition reactor tube, and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
DPF captures soot and other particulates exiting engine. Typically good running engine will have 99% soot to
1% ash.
Soot is captured by DPF. Although DOC should not require regular maintenance, DPF does require occasional
off-board cleaning to remove ash.
Soot is converted to carbon dioxide by a process of regeneration (Regen). Temperature at face of DPF is raised
to approximately 1000°F (538°C), for a period of time, depending on amount of soot that accumulated within
DPF. Regen time is calculated by the DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) feedback.
Regen may take place as vehicle is in operation under steady state heavy engine loading condition, or by
commanding Parked Regen.
During Parked Regen, engine speed is increased, while Engine Control Module (ECM) controls Post-Injection,
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR), and Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) to increase heat going into exhaust system.
Intake Air Heater (IAH) may also cycle on and off, not just to increase Intake Air Temperature (IAT), but to add
extra load on engine.
Health of system and Regen processes are monitored by DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor. DPFDP / DPFOP sensor measures
pressure difference across DPF. DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors measure temperature differences across
DOC and DPF and are part of DOC / DPF temperature sensor module.
DPF and / or DOC may fail or become restricted prematurely for a number of reasons. It is important to pinpoint
root cause and repair failure before replacing DOC or DPF. Failure to do so could result in destroying a newly
replaced component.
Any time DPF is replaced or removed for cleaning, record DPF serial number and use ServiceMaxx™ software
to run Diesel Particulate Filter Servicing procedure. Follow on-screen instructions. See DPF Servicing in
"DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE OPERATION" for additional information.
Aftertreatment system reduces NOx by injecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) through Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
Unit (DEF: DU), and into decomposition reactor tube. Exhaust heat in decomposition reactor tube causes DEF
to break down and convert to ammonia and CO2.
Final component of aftertreatment system is SCR catalyst. SCR catalyst completes break down of DEF into
ammonia and CO2, and then converts ammonia and NOx into Nitrogen gas and water.
158 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN / FMI: 3246/20, 3251/2, 3251/21, 3556/0, 3556/1, 3556/7, 3719/0, 3719/15, 3719/16, 3936/0, 3936/2, and
3936/14
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF regen inhibit
switch. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695 FMI 2.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of
aftertreatment system? No: Turn DPF regen inhibit switch
OFF. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Possible Causes
•
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 161
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
164 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3695 FMI 2- DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit
switch is On, and active regeneration of aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
SPN 3695 FMI 19 (J1939)
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch ON
• Failed DPF regen inhibit switch
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 165
Step 2 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF regen inhibit
switch. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695 FMI 2.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of
aftertreatment system? No: Turn DPF regen inhibit switch
OFF. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695 FMI 2.
SPN 3695 FMI 19 - DPF Regen Inhibit Switch status not detected on J1939
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) does not receive a message for status of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch over J1939 bus.
Lamp Reaction
This fault does not illuminate any lamp.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3703 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects regeneration (regen) inhibit switch is enabled
when any of following occur: SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, or 16 (DPF soot load) is active; or Active regeneration of
aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
This fault does not illuminate any lamps.
Associated Faults
SPN 3695 FMI 2 and 19 (regen inhibit switch)
Fault Facts
This fault can indicate reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Step 2 Check for correct Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch Decision
position.
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Run parked regen of
aftertreatment system. After
parked regen is performed, retest for
Is DPF regen inhibit switch disabled allowing for active regenerations of
SPN 3703 FMI 31.
aftertreatment system?
No: Disable regen inhibit switch
and perform a parked regen of
aftertreatment system. After parked
regen is performed, retest for SPN
3703 FMI 31.
SPN 3713 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Timeout
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects active regeneration is needed, but fault that
inhibits regeneration is present.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, (AFT:
15, 16 (DPFIT) 15, 16 (DPFOT) (DPFDP) FP1) and (AFT: FT)
• SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, (AFT: • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, 7 • SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3695 FMI 2, 19 (DPF)
FPC) (AFT: FP2) (DPFDP)
• SPN 3703 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, 16 • SPN 3750 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3936 FMI 0, 14, 15
(AFT) (DPF System)
• SPN 4360 FMI 2 (SCRIT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, 4, 16 • SPN 4792 FMI 14 (AFT) • SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT)
(DOCIT)
• SPN 4795 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 4796 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 5298 FMI 17, 18 • SPN 5397 FMI 31 (AFT)
(AFT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 11, 16 • SPN 5743 FMI 11, 16
(DOC / DPF Temperature (SCR Temp sensor module)
Sensor Module)
Fault Fact
This fault can indicate the reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibit faults present when active regeneration is needed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 171
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
174 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
176 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
178 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3750 FMI 31 - DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) is unable to achieve closed loop control of active
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) due to low Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature.
Lamp Reaction
This fault does not illuminate the MIL when active.
Associated Faults
SPN 27 (EGR); SPN 51 (ETV); SPN 2659 (AMS); SPN 2791 (EGR); SPN 3058 FMI 10 (EGR System Monitor);
SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFDP);SPN 3242 (DPFIT); SPN 3246 (DPFOT); and SPN 4796 FMI 31 (DOC).
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperature is not high enough to actively regenerate aftertreatment
system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease
aftertreatment regeneration frequency.
Step 4 Decision
Check the exhaust system for an installed and undamaged Diesel Particulate Yes: Inspect DOC for damage and
Filter (DPF). replace if damaged. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3750 FMI
31.
Is a DPF installed in the exhaust system and free damage?
No: Install correct DPF. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3750
FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate
Filter (DOC / DPF) temperature sensor module part number does not match what is stored in the ACM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault is generally caused by having incorrect part number DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module installed.
This fault may rarely be caused by calibration or CAN communication issues. If part number is correct, verify
ACM and ECM have proper calibration installed.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 94 (FDP); SPN 102 (IMP); SPN 157 (FRP); SPN 651-656 (INJ / CYL); SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFIT);
SPN 3246 2, 3, and 4 (DPFOT); SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFDP / Outlet Pressure); SPN 4765 2, 3, and 4
(DOCIT); SPN 5541 (TC1TOP).
Fault Facts
None
Are DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean
and undamaged?
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load Signals sessions(page No: Go to Step 6.
2103) and monitor DPFDP.
Step 6 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect the DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Replace DPF Differential
or damage. Pressure / Outlet Pressure sensor.
After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Are the DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted?
No: Repair or replace DPFDP sensor
hose(s). After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Step 7 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision
(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test. Yes: Repair base engine
compression imbalance. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure?
3936 FMI 15.
No: Go to Step 8.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 185
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 94 (FDP) SPN 102 (IMP) SPN 157 (FRP) SPN 651-656 (INJ / CYL)
SPN 5541 (TC1TOP) SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 3246 2, 3, and 4 SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (DPFDP)
SPN 4765 2, 3, and 4
(DOCIT)
Fault Facts
None
Are the DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean
and undamaged?
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load Signals sessions(page No: Go to Step 5.
2103) and monitor DPFDP.
Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect the DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, Yes: Replace DPF Differential
or damage. Pressure / Outlet Pressure sensor.
After repairs are complete, retest for
Are the DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted?
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
No: Repair or replace DPFDP sensor
hose(s). After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3936 FMI 16.
Step 6 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision
(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test. Yes: Repair base engine
compression imbalance. After
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure?
repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 16.
No: Go to Step 8.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 189
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than the others? No: Go to Step 10.
SPN 4795 FMI 31 - DPFDP Excessively LOW (Sensor/Circuit Fault or Missing DPF)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Particulate Filter Differential
Pressure (DPFDP) is below minimum value, and exhaust flow rate is above minimum flow rate. Active and
parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and
engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3251 FMI 3 and 4 (DPFDP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Outlet Decision
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor hoses.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Inspect DPF for
damage and replace as
B. Inspect DPFDP / DPFOP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing,
necessary. After repairs are
reversed hoses, or damage.
complete, retest for SPN
Are the DPFDP / DPFOP sensor hoses routed correctly and free of damage? 4795 FMI 31.
No: Reroute or replace
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor
hoses. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4795 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor are reading
same temperature during an active regeneration for 80 seconds. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFIT); and SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 193
SPN 5298 FMI 17 - DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum Regen Aborted
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration of aftertreatment system is not matching expected
temperature increase. Active and parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFIT); SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DPFOT); SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (DOCIT);
SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11, 16, and 19 (DOC / DPF)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect engine and
aftertreatment systems for cause of contamination before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks between turbocharger outlet and Diesel Decision
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) intake.
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Check for cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or No: Repair or replace
other damage. damaged exhaust system
components. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
Is exhaust system sealed and undamaged?
5298 FMI 17.
B. Check DOC for restrictions from soot or oil contamination, cracks or damage to No: Clean or replace DOC.
cells in DOC, and soot restrictions at front face of DOC. Refer to fault facts. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5298 FMI 17.
Is DOC unrestricted and free of damage?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 197
• Ensure correct AFI gasket (Figure 22) is installed. No: Repair all faults found
during visual inspection.
• Ensure AFI and bore are unrestricted and free of carbon buildup.
After repairs are complete,
• Ensure AFI tip is free of cracks and other damage install AFI and go to Step 5.
Is AFI and bore unrestricted, free of carbon build up, and free of damage? Is the correct
AFI gasket used?
Step 5 Perform the KOER DSI De-Aeration Procedure (page 2190). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform Procedures Yes: Diagnostics Complete.
> KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DSI System De-Aeration. Perform DSI System
No: Repair DSI system.
De-Aeration test twice.
After repairs are complete,
Does DSI System De-Aeration test procedure purge all air out of DSI system? retest for SPN 5298 FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration and does not indicate temperature increase for 225
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT); SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and 4
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT); and SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4 Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
Intake Temperature (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect the
entire aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Key ON
Fault Overview
Fault sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines the pressure is to low in the DPF.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 201
Associated Faults
SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and 4.
Fault Facts
Excessive ash accumulation in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will cause frequent regenerations of aftertreatment
system. If all step-based diagnostics have been completed with no failure found, inspect ash load of the DPF.
Are the DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean
and undamaged?
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, load No: Go to Step 4.
Signals session and monitor DPFDP.
Step 4 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace DPF Differential
damage. Pressure / Outlet Pressure sensor.
After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted?
No: Repair or replace DPFDP sensor
hose(s). After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) controls the fuel supply to the Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) when regeneration is required. The AFT: FEC is controlled by the Doser Control Unit (DCU).
SPN 3482 FMI 3 - AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control
(AFT: FEC) is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
DCU deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID lamp is needed to simulate correct circuit. Fault
is latched for a key cycle, so ECM must be reset by a Key-Off cycle
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) Decision
sensor connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
210 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-Pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-31. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482
FMI 3.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-Pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18 and AFT: FEC pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 211
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 4.
212 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-Pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-11. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482
FMI 3.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-Pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19 and Aftertreatment Fuel Enable
Control (AFT: FEC) pin-2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 213
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) and 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 between 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connectors.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-18.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Diagnostic Step 4 (page 207).
No: Repair Open between 24-Pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and AFT: FEC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
214 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connector and Doser Control Unit (DCU) module 86-Pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 between 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connectors.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into DCU module connector pin-31.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18 and DCU Module pin-31.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open between 24-Pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and DCU module pin-31. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 215
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) and 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 between 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connectors.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-19.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between 24-Pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and DCU module pin-11. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between 24-Pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and AFT: FEC pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 3.
SPN 3482 FMI 4 - AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve open or short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control
(AFT: FEC) actuator is shorted to ground.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID light is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) Decision
sensor connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• NOID Lamp 15-909-01
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 219
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
220 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-31. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482
FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-18 and AFT: FEC pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 221
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 4.
222 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-11. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482
FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-19 and AFT: FEC pin-2. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 223
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) and 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connectors.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine and Chassis disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-18.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Diagnostic Step 4 (page 217).
No: Repair Open between 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and AFT: FEC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
224 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-Pin Engine and Chassis and Doser Control Unit (DCU) module 86-Pin connectors.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connector
disconnected.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into Doser Control Unit (DCU) module 86-Pin
connector pin-31.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-18 and DCU Module pin-31.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-18 and DCU module pin-31. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 225
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) and 24-Pin Engine and Chassis connectors.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FEC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine and Chassis disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-19.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and DCU module pin-11. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector pin-19 and AFT: FEC pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3482 FMI 4.
AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT (Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature) Sensor
Overview of AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT Sensor Group
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT) is comprised of a fuel
temperature and fuel pressure sensor. AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT monitors fuel pressure and fuel temperature in
aftertreatment fuel system and provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 227
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) signal
voltage is greater than 4.85 volts. Engine torque may be reduced if the engine is operated for an extended
period of time with this fault active. Active regeneration of the aftertreatment system may be disabled until the
next key cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 231
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 volts ± 1 volt
ZTSE4830 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 volts ± 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-3 and
DCU Module pin-23. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 3.
232 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 6.0 volts
ZTSE4830 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 6.0 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT
pin-4 and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-22. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 233
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3480 FMI 4
Decision
Does SPN 3480 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
234 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 4 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3480 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 3480 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-1
and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-4 and
DCU pin-22. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3480 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1)
signal voltage is less than 0.25 volts for 2 seconds. Active aftertreatment regeneration disabled until the next
key cycle. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
238 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 volts ± 1 volt
ZTSE4830 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 volts ± 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-3 and
DCU Module pin-23. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3480 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 239
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 6.0 volts
ZTSE4830 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 6.0 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT
pin-4 and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-22. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 4.
240 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3480 FMI 3
Decision
Does SPN 3480 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 241
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 4 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3480 FMI 3.
Decision
Does SPN 3480 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-1
and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3480 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT pin-4 and
DCU pin-22. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3480 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between actual Aftertreatment Fuel
Temperature (AFT: FT) and measured AFT: FT is incorrect or erratic.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 1173 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(IMT) (ECT1) (EOT) (TC2CIT)
SPN 2630 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 5456 FMI 3 and 4
(CACOT) (AFT: FT)
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect DCU for ECM.
• AFT: FT circuit high resistance
• SIG GND circuit high resistance
• Failed AFT: FT
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 243
Are AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean
and undamaged?
NOTE: See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
0000003481 for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 245
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and pin-2.
246 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 / AFT:
FT disconnected.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT)
sensor is reading greater than 4.75 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
TBD
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit
250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 6 volts
ZTSE4830 pin-2 and ground (GND).
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to power between AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT
pin-2 and DCU 86-Pin connector pin-80. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5456 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 251
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 5456 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 5456 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5456 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to AFT: FP1 / AFT: FT vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 5456 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 5456 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Repair Oen in SIG to ground GND circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5456 FMI 3.
No: Repair open in signal circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5456 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT)
sensor is reading less than 0.25 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 and Temperature (AFT: Decision
FP1 / AFT: FT) sensor connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Pin-Point
Tests (SPN 5456 FMI 4).
B. Disconnect AFT: FP1/AFT: FT sensor connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check AFT: FP1/AFT: FT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
harness, or terminal
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are AFT: FP1/AFT: FT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 255
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
256 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 5456 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 5446 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FT module. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5456 FMI 4.
No: Repair short circuit to ground between pin-2 and DCU
pin-80. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5456
FMI 4.
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor monitors fuel pressure in aftertreatment fuel system and
provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
258 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3556 FMI 0 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 excessively high (Restricted injection)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC)
is not responding.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Decision
Check for restricted or damaged fuel supply line to Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: Yes: Go to Step 2.
DI).
No: Replace AFT: DI fuel
Is fuel supply line between Down Stream Injection (DSI) module and AFT: DI is in good supply line. After repairs
condition and not restricted? are complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 0.
Step 2 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Clean or replace
AFT: DI. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Does DSI system test indicate a restriction?
3556 FMI 0.
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
SPN 3556 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 below desired (Possible system leak)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC)
is below desired pressure indicating a possible system leak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3482 (AFT: FEC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to pin point tests.
Are AFT: FP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
Step 3 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit and Decision
Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI).
Check DSI module and AFT: DI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 4.
No: Repair or replace
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, or damaged or leaking
damaged? component. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.
Step 4 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3556 FMI 1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak?
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
262 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 263
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-2 and pin-1.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
264 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 B+ ± 0.25 volts
pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.25 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-2 and DCU Module
pin-41. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 265
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Replace AFT: FP2 and go to Step 3.
No: Repair high resistance in VREF5 circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-43. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI) is not
responding as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP); SPN 3480 (AFT: FEC); SPN 3482 (AFT: FEC); and SPN 3479 (AFT: FPC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit and Decision
Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI).
Check DSI module and AFT: DI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Repair or replace
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, or damaged or leaking
damaged? component. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 7.
Step 3 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leaking or
restricted component. After
repairs are complete, retest
Does DSI system test indicate a leak?
for SPN 3556 FMI 7.
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that AFT: FP2 signal voltage is greater than 4.75
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3513 FMI 3, 4, and 14 (VREF 5)
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• AFT: FP2 circuit short to PWR
• AFT: FP2 circuit Open
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed AFT: FP2 sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 269
Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Test (SPN 4077 FMI 3).
B. Disconnect AFT: FP2 sensor connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check AFT: FP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
harness, or terminal
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are the AFT: FP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 3.
270 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6027
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 271
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use a Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage Less than 6 volts
between Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 pin-3 and known
good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 6 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to PWR between AFT: FP2 sensor pin-3
and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-42. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4077 FMI 3.
272 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to AFT: FP2 vehicle harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 4077 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 4077 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FP2 sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4077 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 273
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to AFT: FP2 vehicle harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to known good ground.
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 4077 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 4077 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between AFT: FP2 sensor pin-2 and
DCU pin-41. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
4077 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP2 sensor pin-3 and
DCU pin-42. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
4077 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects AFT: FP2 signal is less than 0.25 volt.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor Decision
connector
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Test.
B. Disconnect AFT: FP2 sensor connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check AFT: FP2 sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
harness, or terminal
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are the AFT: FP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 4077 FMI 4.
276 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 277
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to AFT: FP2 sensor vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage between Within 1 volt of 5 volts
Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and known good
ground.
Decision
Is voltage within 1 volt of 5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between AFT: FP2 connector pin-1 and
DCU connector pin-43. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4077 FMI 4.
278 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 4077 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 4077 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace AFT: FP2 sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4077 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND between AFT: FP2 sensor
connector pin-3 and DCU connector pin-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 4077 FMI 4.
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC) is a part of Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit that sends
pressurized fuel to Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT Doser Injector) to inject fuel into the exhaust pipe.
SPN 3471 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 1 below desired (Low system pressure)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) is
below desired pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) sensor and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to pin point tests.
Are AFT: FP1 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
Step 3 Inspect for system leak between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and Downs Decision
Stream Injection (DSI) unit.
Perform a visual inspection of DSI module and fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, Yes: Go to Step 4.
or leaks.
No: Repair or replace
damaged or leaking
Is DSI module fuel supply line in good condition, not restricted, leaking, or damaged? component. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.
Step 5 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3471 FMI 1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak?
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
282 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 283
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
284 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 B+ ± 0.25 volts
pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.25 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit
between AFT: FP1 pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-21. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 285
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Replace AFT: FP1/AFT: FT unit and go to
Step 3.
No: Repair high resistance in VREF5 circuit
between AFT: FP1 pin-3 and DCU Module
pin-23. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 1.
SPN 3471 FMI 7 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve not responding as expected
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC)
is not responding as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
SPN 3556 (AFT: FP2) and SPN 3482 (AFT: FEC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to pin point tests.
Are AFT: FP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
Step 3 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit and Decision
Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI).
Check DSI module and AFT: DI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 4.
No: Repair or replace
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, or damaged or leaking
damaged? component. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.
288 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3471 FMI 7.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak?
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 289
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-2 and pin-1.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 B+ ± 0.25 volts
pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.25 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-2 and DCU Module
pin-41. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 291
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Replace AFT: FP2 and go to Step 3.
No: Repair high resistance in VREF5 circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-43. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 7.
SPN 3471 FMI 10 - AFT Fuel Pressure incorrect dosing pressure multiple events
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC)
has an abnormal rate of change.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3556 (AFT: FP2) and SPN 3482 (AFT: FEC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to pin point tests.
Are AFT: FP2 sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
Step 3 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit and Decision
Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI).
Check DSI module and AFT: DI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 4.
No: Repair or replace
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, or damaged or leaking
damaged? component. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.
Step 4 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3471 FMI 10.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak?
No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2236).
294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 295
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-2 and pin-1.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 B+ ± 0.25 volts
pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.25 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-2 and DCU Module
pin-41. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 297
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 5 ± 0.1 volts
pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.1 volts? Yes: Replace AFT: FP2 and go to Step 3.
No: Repair high resistance in VREF5 circuit
between AFT: FP2 pin-1 and DCU Module
pin-43. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3471 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to PWR on low side driver circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
C. Key ON.
Are 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
Tools Required
• NOID Lamp 15-909-01
• Breakout Harness (24-Pin) ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness (AFT: FPC) ZTSE6021
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 301
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open in AFT: FPC circuit between AFT: FPC
pin-1 and 24-Pin Engine to Chassis pin-9. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 3.
302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open in AFT: FPC circuit between AFT: FPC
pin-2 and 24-Pin Engine to Chassis pin-10. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 303
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis disconnected.
E. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-6 and leave
14-Pin DCU jumper harness connector disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and 14-Pin DCU jumper harness
connector pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair Open in AFT: FPC circuit between 24-Pin
Engine to Chassis connector pin-9 and 14-Pin DCU jumper
harness connector pin-6. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3479 FMI 3.
304 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis disconnected.
E. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-1 and leave
14-Pin DCU jumper harness connector disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-10 and 14-Pin DCU jumper
harness connector pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair Open in AFT: FPC circuit between 24-Pin
connector pin-10 and 14-Pin DCU jumper harness
connector pin-1. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3479 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 305
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-30 and leave
86-Pin DCU connector disconnected.
E. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-6 and leave
14-Pin DCU jumper harness connector disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between 86-Pin DCU Less than 5 ohms
terminal test pin-30 and 14-Pin DCU jumper harness
terminal test pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in AFT: FPC-L circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open in AFT: FPC-H circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on high-side circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator Test –
Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2156).
Is EST Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list SPN 3479 FMI 4 active or pending?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 307
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
310 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-9 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-30. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 311
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 313
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 4.
314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-10. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) pin-2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 315
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to engine side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
chassis side disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Diagnostic Step 4 (page 307).
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
316 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into Doser Control Unit (DCU) 86-pin connector
pin-30.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and DCU pin-30.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU pin-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 317
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-10.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and AFT: FPC pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 4.
SPN 3479 FMI 5 - AFT Fuel Pressure Valve Open or Short to GND low side
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on low-side circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
C. Key ON.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
322 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND between 24-Pin engine to
chassis connector pin-9 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-30. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 5.
No: Repair short to GND between 24-Pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 323
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 4.
324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-10. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 5.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) pin-2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 325
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC) and 24-pin engine and chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to engine side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
chassis side disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Step 4 (page 319).
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
326 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into Doser Control Unit (DCU) 86-pin connector
pin-30.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and DCU Module pin-30.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU pin-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 327
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC) and 24-pin engine and chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-10.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and AFT: FPC pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 5.
SPN 3479 FMI 6 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve High Side Short circuit
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to power or open load on high-side
circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, perform KOEO DCU Actuator Test –
Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics(page 2156).
Is EST Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list SPN 3479 FMI 6 active or pending?
Step 2 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
332 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
E. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-9 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-30. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 6.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 333
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 4.
334 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU)
pin-10. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479
FMI 6.
No: Repair short to ground between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-10 and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) pin-2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 335
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC) and 24-pin engine and chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFT: FPC disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to engine side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
chassis side disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-9.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Diagnostic Step 4 (page 329).
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and AFT: FPC pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin engine and chassis connector and Doser Control Unit (DCU) 86-Pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into Doser Control Unit (DCU) 86-Pin connector
pin-30.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-9 and DCU pin-30.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-9 and DCU pin-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 337
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 to vehicle harness connector and leave Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
Control (AFT: FPC) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side of 24-pin engine and chassis connector and leave
engine side disconnected.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE6021 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE6020 pin-10.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and Doser Control Unit (DCU) pin-10.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
No: Repair Open between 24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-10 and AFT: FPC pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3479 FMI 6.
Overview
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module is a smart device used to measure NH3 levels in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NH3 sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions
back to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) using J1939 CAN datalink. NH3 sensor is connected to NH3
sensor module via 8-pin connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 339
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
reading is higher or lower than expected for operating conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
342 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged exhaust
components. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4377 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in the aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor.
Engine torque will be reduced if the engine is operated for a limited period of time with the fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with the fault
code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 4380 FMI 2, 16, 18 (NH3)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor for 20
seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with fault code
active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault Code is set when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected an internal error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected the trim resistor in the NH3
sensor is out of range, indicating the wrong NH3 sensor may be installed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module. If resistance is greater than 60 ohms and there is more than
one J1939 data link communication bus failure fault code present, suspect a failed terminating resistor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and DEF: TLT sensor module.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 4-way connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 4-way connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4377 FMI 19.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 4-pin connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4377 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 355
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-801-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
356 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and SCR harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and pin-4. Yes: Go to Test 4.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 357
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way SCR harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Check for Open or high resistance between NH3 sensor module and ground. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and known Yes: Repair Open or high
good ground. resistance between NH3
sensor module pin-4 and
ground. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Test 3.
358 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way SCR harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way SCR harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 4 Check for Open or short to ground between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known Yes: Go to Test 5.
good ground.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or short
to ground between NH3
sensor module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
360 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way SCR harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 5 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known Yes: Go to Test 6.
good ground.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 361
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 6 Check for Open or short to GND between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known Yes: Go to Test 7.
good ground.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or short
to GND between NH3
sensor module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
362 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 7 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known Yes: Go to Test 8.
good ground.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 363
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor module and 4-way vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 8 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH circuits. Decision
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and pin-3. Yes: Replace NH3
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is resistance within 5 ohms of 60 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH circuits. After
repairs are complete,
perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected 10 or more internal resets of Ammonia
(NH3) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with this
fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
NH3 sensor module shares common power and ground with Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx Out),
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temp sensor module, and other aftertreatment components. If more than
one aftertreatment power or ground fault is set, suspect a common power or ground circuit problem.
C. Check fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses and loose, missing, or intermittent
connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4380 FMI
2.
C. Check NH3 sensor module and 4-pin connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are NH3 sensor module 4-pin connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4380 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-801-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 371
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3 sensor module 4-pin disconnected.
C. Key ON.
372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3sensor module 4-pin disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 373
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Ammonia (NH3) sensor heater is unable to
maintain its normal operating temperature for 120 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
and
Fault Facts
None
SPN 5302 FMI 18 - Post SCR NH3 Conversion Efficiency - Data Valid But Below Normal Operating
Range - Moderately Severe Level
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
conversion across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 3216 (NOx In); SPN 3218 (NOx In); SPN 3226 (NOx Out); SPN 3228 (NOx Out); SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DEF: SP); SPN 3362 FMI 31 (DEF: SP); SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 (DEF: THV); SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 and
18 (DEF: AP); SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 (DEF: SP); SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 (DEF: RLH); SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5
(DEF: SLH); SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3 and 4 (SCRIT); SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4 (SCROT); SPN 4377 (NH3); SPN
4380 (NH3); SPN 4382 (NH3); SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 (DEF: DU); SPN 5743 (SCR temp sensor module); SPN
520668 (AFT system); and SPN 520669 (AFT system).
Fault Facts
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor data is gathered over varying engine speeds and loads. When enough
data has been gathered, the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) will make a pass or fail decision.
376 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Is EST DTC list free of SPN 4377, SPN 4380, and SPN 4382? No: Repair SPN 4377,
SPN 4380, and SPN
4382. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5302 FMI 18.
Is the exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5302 FMI
18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 379
Overview
Air Management System (AMS) Tests perform testing on Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. During test,
engine speed is increased, injection timing, and Injection Control Pressure (ICP) pressure are fixed, and EGR
valve is temporarily closed. As test progresses, EGR valve is opened. This test operates by monitoring Mass
Air Flow (MAF) readings during test. Airflow is first measured with EGR closed, and then with EGR opened.
These two measurements are then compared by Engine Control Module (ECM). If measured difference is not
within minimum and maximum values expected, a code will be set.
382 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
386 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM continuously
monitors control system. If sensor signal is higher or lower than expected, ECM disregards signal and uses a
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 387
calibrated default value. ECM sets an SPN/FMI, turns on Warning Engine Lamp (WEL), and runs engine in a
default range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
,
• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(EGR) (ETV) 10, 16, and 18 (IMP) (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 0, 15, 16, • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (EWPS) (ECT1) 11, 13, 14, and 31 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 14 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and 18
(ICP) (INJ) 8, and 14 (EGR) (INJ)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Decision
Perform Intake Air System Inspection(page 2365). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is Intake Air System free from damage or restrictions? No: Repair intake air
system. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 10.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 389
SPN 2659 FMI 14 - EGR System Flow Rate Error During Air Management
Possible Causes
• EGR valve
• MAF sensor calibration
• Induction system air leaks
392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(BARO) (ECT1) (MAF) (MAF)
• SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 and • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS) • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7,
(CMP) 5 (INJ) 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4752 FMI 4 (EGR)
Fault Facts
Ensure that correct Programmable Parameters (PP) is programmed for air induction system.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM continuously
monitors control system. If sensor signal is higher or lower than expected, ECM disregards signal and uses a
calibrated default value. ECM sets an SPN/FMI, turns on Warning Engine Lamp (WEL), and runs engine in a
default range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(IMP) (IMT) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
(ECT1) (MAF) (MAF) (CMP)
• SPN 2659 FMI 21 (AMS) • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7,
8, and 14 (EGR)
Fault Facts
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 21.
B. Key OFF.
Step 7 Check for air pressure leaks from Exhaust Brake Actuator supply line. Decision
A. Disconnect air supply to Exhaust Brake Actuator. Yes: Replace Exhaust
Brake Housing. After
B. Key ON Engine Running and run for 5 seconds.
repairs are complete,
C. Key OFF. retest for SPN 2659 FMI
21.
D. Listen to Exhaust Brake Actuator supply line for air pressure leakage.
Does Exhaust Brake Actuator air supply line leak air pressure? No: Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Verify air pressure leakage from Exhaust Brake Control Valve air supply line. Decision
A. Verify vehicle air pressure is 60 psi or greater. Yes: Replace Exhaust
Brake Control valve.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Brake Control Valve air supply line.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2659 FMI 21.
Does Exhaust Brake Control Valve air supply leak air pressure? No: Repair Exhaust
Brake Control Valve
air pressure supply
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2659 FMI 21.
Step 9 Decision
Perform KOER Air Management Test(page 2175). Yes: Go to Step 10.
Does KOER Air Management Test return “Satisfactory? No: Diagnose and repair
failed actuator. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2659 FMI
21.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 401
Overview
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is controlled by operator. Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this
sensor to control engine output based on operator's demand for power.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 403
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 405
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is
greater than 4.575 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the APP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 407
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is less
than 0.825 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check APP1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the APP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 411
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Decision
Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: Replace Accelerator
Pedal Position (APP)
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
91 FMI 4.
Does SPN 91 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Test 3.
414 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that APP2 voltage is greater than 2.476 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor connector Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect APP sensor connector.
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the APP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 3.
418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 419
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Key ON.
Figure 129 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP2) Sensor Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is
reading lower than 0.273 volt on APP2 signal circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor connector Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect APP sensor connector.
C. Check APP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the APP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2623 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 423
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
424 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
Test 2 Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. Yes: Replace APP
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2623 FMI 3.
Does SPN 2623 FMI 3 become active or pending in DTC list? No: Go to Test 3.
426 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
Body
Overview of Body Sensor
Overview
The ECM receives inputs from various chassis mounted sensors and switches, and uses the signals to monitor
the operating conditions of the vehicle.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 429
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 91 FMI 2 (APP) • SPN 597 FMI 2 (Body) • SPN 597 FMI 19 (Body)
Fault Facts
None
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Step 4 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connectors. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Are Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 521 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 431
SPN 596 FMI 19 Cruise Control Enable Switch not detected on J1939
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
The cruise control switches are wired to the Body Controller (BC). The switch state is communicated to the ECM
through the J1939 Data Link Network.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 435
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Brake switches can be wired to Engine Control Module (ECM), or to Body Controller (BC). If wired to BC, switch
state is communicated to ECM through J1939 Data Link Network. PP89021 in ECM determines where ECM
should expect signal from.
A. Key OFF.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 191 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 437
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and leave
TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Overview
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) is a thermistor sensor that measures charged-air temperature
entering Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). As temperature increases, resistance drops, causing voltage signal
interpreted by Engine Control Module (ECM) to vary. ECM monitors this signal for Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) system control and CAC performance.
440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when ECM detects that Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor does not agree
with other temperature sensors.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Is EST DTC list SPN 2630 FMI 2 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
Step 3 Inspect connections at Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect CACOT connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check CACOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
harness, or terminal
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are CACOT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 2630 FMI 2.
442 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 135 Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 443
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor charge 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
air cooler outlet temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace CACOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
444 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor charge 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
air cooler outlet temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between CACOT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
2630 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between CACOT pin-2 and ECM
pin E-65. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2630
FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 445
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
voltage is greater than 4.70 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected after two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 138 Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 449
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 6 volts
ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin E-65 and CACOT pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2630 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2 of together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 2630 FMI 4 sets
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 2630 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace CACOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 451
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 of to GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 2630 FMI 3 sets
Decision
Does SPN 2630 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between CACOT pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2630 FMI
3.
No: Repair Open between CACOT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-65. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2630 FMI
3.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
signal is less than 0.11 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point Tests
.
B. Disconnect CACOT electrical connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check CACOT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
harness, or terminal
corroded terminals; loose, bent or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
Are the CACOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? 2630 FMI 4.
454 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 455
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 2630 FMI 3 sets after DTC list is cleared
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 2630 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace CACOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between CACOT pin-1 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-65. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2630 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
458 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The CCOSS sensor sends the Engine Control Module (ECM) information about the speed of the crankcase oil
separator internal components.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 459
Fault Overview
When measured crankcase breather speed is compared against threshold value as defined by speed / engine
coolant temperature based table. If speed is less than threshold value, fault will set.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform pin point tests.
Are CCOSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 461
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to CCOSS sensor harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 300 - 400 ohms
ZTSE4951 pin-2 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance within 300 - 400 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace CCOSS sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4227 FMI 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 463
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness and leave CCOSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 300 - 400 ohms
ZTSE4951 pin-2 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance within 300 - 400 ohms? Yes: Repair open or high resistance in CCOS-H
circuit between CCOSS pin-1 and ECM pin E-34.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4227
FMI 7.
No: Repair open or high resistance in CCOS-L
circuit between CCOSS pin-2 and ECM pin E-17.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4227
FMI 7.
464 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor provides the Engine Control Module (ECM) with a crankshaft speed and
position signal. The ECM uses this signal with the Camshaft Position (CMP) signal to calculate engine speed
and crankshaft position.
466 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Overview
The Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor provides the Engine Control Module (ECM) with a camshaft speed and
position signal. The ECM uses this signal with the Crankshaft Position (CKP) signal to monitor crankshaft and
camshaft positions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 471
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Overview
Doser Control Unit (DCU) controls Downstream Injection (DSI) System during a Diesel Particle Filter (DPF)
regeneration. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the monitoring and regeneration process in the
aftertreatment system.
476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit (DCU) is higher than normal; or voltage at
output of Hydrocarbon DCU voltage divider is higher than normal
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault set when voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit (DCU) is lower than normal; or voltage at
output of Hydrocarbon DCU voltage divider is lower than normal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Battery B+ and B-. 12 ± 0.5 volts
Decision
Is voltage 12 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Charge batteries and check charging voltage. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 4.
484 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-2 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module pin-2 B+ ± 0.5 volts
and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance between DCU Module pin-2
and GND. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5109
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 485
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-1 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module pin-1 B+ ± 0.5 volts
and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair high resistance between DCU Module pin-1
and GND. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5109
FMI 4.
486 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-1 and leave
Under Hood PDM 15-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Under Hood PDM B+ ± 0.5 volts
15-Pin connector pin-1 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair Open high resistance between Under Hood
PDM 15-Pin connector pin-1 and PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 487
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-7 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module pin-7 B+ ± 0.5 volts
and GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between DCU Module
pin-6 and Under Hood PDM 15-Pin connector pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DCU Module
pin-7 and Under Hood PDM 15-Pin connector pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when diagnostics of CAN communication link between Engine Control Module (ECM) and Doser
Control Unit (DCU) is not received for greater than 0.1 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If ACM and DCU are both not detected on J1939, suspect a common circuit fault between them.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module 2.5 ± 0.5 volts.
53-Pin connector pin-14 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair CAN-H short to GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 19.
492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module 2.5 ± 0.5 volts.
53-Pin connector pin-14 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair CAN-H short to PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 493
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module 2.5 ± 0.5 volts.
53-Pin connector pin-15 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair CAN-L short to GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 19.
494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module 2.5 ± 0.5 volts.
pin-15 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair CAN-L short to PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 495
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15 and pin-14,
and leave DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Module Greater than 50 ohms.
pin-14 and pin-15.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair Short between CAN-H and CAN-L. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 5109 FMI 19.
496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14 and leave
DCU Module 53-Pin connector disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness and leave 42-Pin IP / Engine connector
disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Module Greater than 5 ohms.
pin-14 and Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 pin-11.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between DCU pin-14
and ECM pin C-61. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5109 FMI 19.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DCU pin-15
and ECM pin C-62. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5109 FMI 19.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is nontoxic, nonflammable, colorless liquid that delivers ammonia to Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system.
498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 520668 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Outer Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 499
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• N 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3362 FMI 31 (DEF: • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 and
(DEF: SP) SP) (DEF: THC) 18 (DEF: AP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(DEF: L1HC) (DEF: L2HC) (DEF: L3HC) (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
(SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520669 (AFT system)
(DEF: DU) sensor module)
Fault Facts
None
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520668
FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 501
Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Unit Decision
(DEF: DU) lines.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Using EST, perform KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test (page 2165). No: Replace DEF supply
module filter and clean
Is DEF: DU operating correctly?
DEF supply module
using 18-200-01. Repeat
step 8. If DEF: DU
still does not operate
correctly, replace DEF:
DU. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
520668 FMI 31.
SPN 520669 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Inner Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.
504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3362 FMI 31 (DEF: • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 and
(DEF: SP) SP) (DEF: THC) 18 (DEF: AP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(DEF: L1HC) (DEF: L2HC) (DEF: L3HC) (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
(SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR • SPN 520669 (AFT System)
(DEF: DU) Temperature Sensor
Module)
Fault Facts
None
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520669
FMI 31.
506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Using EST, perform KOEO DEF Pump Override Test (page 2165). No: Replace DEF supply
module filter and clean
Is DEF: DU operating correctly?
DEF supply module
using 18-200-01. Repeat
step 8. If DEF: DU
still does not operate
correctly, replace DEF:
DU. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5206689 FMI 31.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEF: SMH) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
When ACM commands DEF: SMH On, it heats DEF supply module to prevent freezing. Diagnostics are run
when DEF Supply Module HTR Relay (DEF: SMH Relay) is Off. DEF: SMH is not serviceable individually, and
is part of DEF supply module.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 509
SPN 5745 FMI 3 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater Out of Range HIGH
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEF: SMH) is active when not commanded ON. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled, and
engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Figure 156 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays (typical)
1. DEF line heater relay
2. DEF: SMH Relay
3. Switched ignition relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 513
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and pin-87.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF: SMH Relay. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
514 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 515
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volts.
ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF: SMH Relay pin-87
and DEF supply module connector pin-5. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 3.
SPN 5745 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature is too low when heater is in ON position. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled,
and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3361 (DEF: SP) • SPN 4337 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 5746 FMI 3, 4 (DEF: • SPN 5798 FMI 2 (DEF:
Temp) SMH Relay) SMH Temp)
Fault Facts
None
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance of DEF: SMH Relay Less than 1 ohm
10-amp fuse.
Decision
Is resistance of DEF: SMH Relay fuse less than 1 ohm? Yes: Reinstall DEF: SMH Relay 10-amp fuse. Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
520 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 521
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEF: SMH Relay disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to GND between DEF supply module
pin-5 and DEF: SMH Relay pin-87. Replace fuse. After
repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
522 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 523
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEF: SMH Relay disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair short to GND between DEF: SMH Relay pin-30
and 4-pin connector pin-1. Replace fuse. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Between 1 and 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance between 1 and 5 ohms? Yes: Replace fuse. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
No: Replace DEF supply module and replace DEF: SMH
Relay fuse. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 5745 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 525
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Between 1 and 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance between 1 and 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 527
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave PDM connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Voltage within 0.5 volts of B+
ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage within 0.5 volts of B+? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair Open or high resistance in PWR circuit to
DEF: SMH Relay terminal 30. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 529
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Voltage within 0.5 volts of B+
ZTSE4908 pin-87 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage within 0.5 volts of B+? Yes: Go to Test 8.
No: Replace DEF: SMH Relay. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 531
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and DEF
supply module.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Voltage within 0.5 volts of B+
18-909-01 pin-5 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage within 0.5 volts of B+? Yes: Repair Open between DEF supply module pin-6
and ground. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest
SPN 5745 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between DEF: SMH Relay pin-87 and
DEF supply module pin-5. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5745 FMI 4.
532 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5745 FMI 18 - DEF Supply Module Heater below Warning Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply
module has failed to rise to greater than 25°F (-4 °C) after a predetermined time. DEF injection into aftertreatment
system will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault
code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine
operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2 (DEF: • SPN 4337 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
(AAT) SP) Temp) (DEF: SMH)
• SPN 5746 FMI 3 and 4
(DEF: SMH Relay)
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
536 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-6 and ground (GND).
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair high resistance in DEF: SMH ground (GND)
circuit between DEF supply module pin-6 and GND. When
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5745 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 537
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
538 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into Power Distribution Module (PDM), and leave relay disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to diagnostic port.
Test 2 Specification
Use a Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Less than 5 ohms
between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and Breakout
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance in Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Module Heater Relay (DEFSMR) power circuit between
pin-5 of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
connector and pin-87 of DEFSMR. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5745 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 539
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) harness power (PWR) and ground (GND) connector and install
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A to female side.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to diagnostic port.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4760A pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace the DEF supply module. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5745 FMI 18.
No: Repair high resistance in Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Module Heater Relay (DEFSMR) power circuit between
DEF harness PWR and GND pin-1 and DEFSMR pin-30.
When repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5745 FMI 18.
SPN 5798 FMI 2 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Module Heater (DEFSMH) temperature differs from the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) and the Intake Air
Temperature (IAT) by more than 72°F (22°C) at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(ECT1) (IAT) (DEF Supply Pump)
Fault Facts
None
Figure 176 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module Location (Typical)
1. DEF supply module
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 178 Test 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module vehicle harness connector
and leave supply module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to ground between DEF
supply module pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 545
Figure 179 Test 2 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave supply
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 1 volt
18-909-01 pin-10 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to power between DEF supply
module pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
546 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 180 Test 3 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Pump Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave supply module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box
00-00956-08 pin J2-48.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace the DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
No: Repair intermittent open or high resistance between
DEF supply module pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 2.
SPN 5798 FMI 10 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the DEF Supply Module Heater (DEF:
SMH) is not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 4337 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 5745 (DEF: SMH)
(AAT) Signal) Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEF: UHR) • SPN 5798 (DEF: SMH
Temp)
Fault Facts
None
Figure 181 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Module Location (Typical)
1. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
2. DEF supply module
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 551
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module vehicle harness connector
and leave supply module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use a Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Greater than 1000 ohms
between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and a known
good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to GND between DEF supply
module connector pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 10.
552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave supply
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use a DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Less than 1 volt
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair intermittent short to PWR between DEF supply
module connector pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 553
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave supply module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box pin J2-48.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5798 FMI 10.
No: Repair intermittent Open or high resistance between
DEF supply module connector pin-10 and ACM connector
pin J2-48. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5798
FMI 10.
Overview
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
When ACM commands DEF dosing, it opens doser valve and allows DEF to be sprayed into exhaust stream.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 555
SPN 5394 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing below desired (Low NOx conversion across SCR)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion rate of
aftertreatment system is less than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
(DEF: SP) (DEF: THC) (DEF: L1HC)
Fault Facts
Monitor for this fault code runs only during Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) filter regeneration procedure.
This fault is used to assist in troubleshooting following fault codes: SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT System), SPN 4364
FMI 18 (AFT System), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT System).
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair leaks or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5394 FMI
2.
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines. Decision
Inspect DEF tank and lines for frozen DEF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are the DEF tank and lines free of frozen DEF? No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
Are the DEF tank and lines free of frozen DEF? No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 557
Figure 186 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Use the Electronic Service Tool (EST) to perform KOEO Less than 5 ohms
DEF Supply Pump Override Test(page 2165).
Decision
Is the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU ) Yes: Replace DEF supply module filter and clean DEF
operating correctly? supply module. Repeat Test 2. If DEF: DU still does not
operate correctly, replace DEF: DU . After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5394 FMI 2.
No: Replace DEF: DU . After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF:
DU) circuit is open or shorted. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be
reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed
limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Inspect connections at Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) sensor module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect ACM sensor module connector.
No: Repair or replace
C. Check ACM sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
failed line or connection.
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
After repairs are
Are ACM sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 561
Figure 187 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4828
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
562 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) and leave DEFDV
disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and ground (GND).
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to ground between DEF: DU connector
pin-1 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector
pin J1-77. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 563
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-2 and ground (GND).
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to ground between DEF: DU connector
pin-2 and ACM connector pin J1-53. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box
00-00956-08 pin J1-77.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair Open between DEF: DU connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin J1-77. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 565
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box
00-00956-08 pin J1-53.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair Open between DEF: DU connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin J1-53. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
566 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short between DEF: DU connector pin-1
and pin-2. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 567
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFDV) and leave DEFDV
disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
ZTSE4828 pin-2 and ground (GND).
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Replace DEFDV. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
No: Repair short to power between DEFDV pin-2 and
ACM connector J1-53. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5394 FMI 5.
SPN 5394 FMI 7 - DEF Dosing Unit - Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects mechanical failure of Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Doser Valve (DEFDV). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Valve (DEFDV) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform the KOEO
Supply Pump Override
B. Disconnect DEFDV sensor module connector.
Test (page 2165).
C. Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Valve
No: Repair or replace
(DEFDV) lines and connections for: cracks and pitting; and loose, leaking, or
failed line or connection.
damaged connections.
After repairs are
Are the DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFDV sensor module connectors, harnesses, complete, perform the
and terminals clean and undamaged? SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEF: LHR) is used to control DEF Line 1 Heater Control (Supply)
(DEF: L1HC), DEF Line 3 Heater Control (Pressure) (DEF: L3HC) and DEF Line 2 Heater Control (Return)
(DEF: L2HC), which are wrapped around the DEF suction, pressure, and return lines. Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) turns line heaters on by controlling DEF: LHR. This is done by sending power through DEF L-HTR
Relay CTL circuit to DEF: LHR. DEF: LHR is constantly grounded by ACM through DEF-L HTR Relay GND.
SPN 5491 FMI 3 - DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines voltage signal from DEF: LHR is high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or intermittent No: Repair PDM, fuses,
connections. and / or relays. After
repairs are complete,
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition?
retest for SPN 5491 FMI
3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• ACM Breakout Box Overlay 18-537-01-02
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 575
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF: LHR from PDM and install it into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness
ZTSE4908 disconnected from PDM.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Between 100 and 300 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF: LHR. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
576 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volt
ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF: LHR pin-86 and
ACM connector pin J1-08. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 579
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 581
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between 180-pin Less than 0.5 ohms.
Breakout Box pin J1-08 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: LHR
pin-85 and ACM connector pin J1-07. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: LHR
pin-86 and ACM pin J1-08. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay (DEF: LHR) is lower than expected for 3 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 585
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 587
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF: LHR from PDM and install it into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness
ZTSE4908 disconnected from PDM.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Between 100 and 300 ohms.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF: LHR. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5491 FMI 4.
588 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward top of
PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 100 ohms.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? Yes: Repair short between ACM pin J1-08 and ACM pin
J1-07. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5491
FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND between DEF: LHR pin-86 and
ACM pin J1-08. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 4.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEF: AP) sensor measures Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) pressure from
DEF Supply Pump (DEF: SP). When DEF pressure is high, signal from DEF: AP sensor is high. DEF: AP sensor
is located within the DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component.
592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is unable to maintain commanded DEF
pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
B. Check DEF tank for debris or foreign particles. Also check DEF tank vent for No: Drain DEF tank,
restrictions or fluid crystallization. flush with distilled water,
and fill with new and / or
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and fluid
known good DEF. After
crystallization?
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
2.
Step 4 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEF: DU) lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Unscrew DEF supply module filter cap, and remove filter from supply module. No: Replace DEF
supply module filter
C. Check DEF supply module filter for restrictions and debris.
and clean DEF supply
Is DEF supply module filter free of debris and restrictions? module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 595
B. Disconnect DEF supply module pressure line at DEF: DU and place appropriate No: Replace the DEF
container under vehicle to catch DEF. supply module. After
repairs are complete,
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
D. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load signals session and monitor DEF: 2.
AP signal.
B. Disconnect both ends of supply line and blow compressed air through line. No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
Does compressed air flow freely through supply line?
supply line. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 2.
B. Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
Does compressed air flow freely through return line?
return line. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from DEF: AP sensor is greater than
4.75 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 599
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 4.75 volts
pin-3 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4.75 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF supply
module connector pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-45. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 4334 FMI 3.
600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) with 180-pin Breakout Box to ACM vehicle harness connector
and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM, to measure resistance between Breakout Harness Less than 5 ohms
18-909-01 pin-4 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J1-17.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN
4334 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between
DEF supply module pin-4 and ACM connector
pin J1-17. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 4334 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 601
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute
Pressure (DEF: AP) sensor is less than 0.25 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 605
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to GND between DEF supply module
connector pin-3 and ACM connector pin J2-45. After
repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4334 FMI 4.
606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness Less than 5 ohms.
18-909-01 pin-2 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-57.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF supply
module connector pin-2 and ACM connector pin J2-57.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 607
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness Less than 5 ohms
18-909-01 pin-3 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-45.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4334 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF
supply module connector pin-3 and ACM connector pin
J2-45. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEF: AP) sensor detects pressure in Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is above 160 psi (1100 kPa) for more than 20 seconds. Engine torque will
be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle
speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEF: TL) • SPN 3031 (DEF: TT) • SPN 3361 (DEF: SP) • SPN 3362 (DEF: SP)
• SPN 3363 FMI (DEF: THC) • SPN 4376 (DEF: RCV) • SPN 5394 (DEF: DU) • SPN 5491 (DEF: L2HC)
• SPN 5745 (DEF: SMH) • SPN 5746 (DEF: SMH • SPN 5798 (DEF: SMH)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check DEF supply module return line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Clean DEF supply
module using DEF Doser
Does compressed air flow freely through return line?
Cleaning Kit - 18-200-01
and perform drive cycle 27.
If SPN 4334 FMI 16 is still
active, replace DEF supply
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 16.
No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return line.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEF: AP) sensor detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid
supply module is unable to build or maintain adequate pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed limited if fault is active
for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEF: TL) • SPN 3031 (DEF: TT) • SPN 3361 (DEF: SP) • SPN 3362 (DEF: SP)
• SPN 3363 FMI (DEF: THC) • SPN 4376 (DEF: RCV) • SPN 5394 (DEF: DU) • SPN 5491 (DEF: L2HC)
• SPN 5745 (DEF: SMH) • SPN 5746 (DEF: SMH • SPN 5798 (DEF: SMH)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
B. Check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid crystallization. No: Drain DEF tank, flush
with distilled water, and fill
Are DEF tank and DEF tank vent clean and free of debris, restrictions, and fluid
with new and / or known
crystallization?
good DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
Step 4 Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Unit (DEF: DU) lines Decision
and connections.
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines and connections for: cracks Yes: Go to Step 5.
and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
No: Repair or replace failed
Are the DEF tank, DEF supply module: and DEF: DU lines and connections in good line or connection. After
condition, and free of cracks; leaks; and damage? repairs are complete retest
for SPN 4334 FMI 18.
Step 5 Check DEF supply module suction line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of suction line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does compressed air flow freely through suction line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module suction line.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI 18.
612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 6 Check DEF tank fluid pickup screen for restrictions. Decision
Remove DEF tank pickup assembly (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and Yes: Replace DEF supply
SCR Service Manual). Inspect DEF tank fluid pickup screen for restrictions or buildup. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is DEF tank fluid pickup screen free of restrictions?
4334 FMI 18.
No: Clean or replace DEF
tank fluid pickup screen.
Drain, clean, and fill the DEF
tank. Clean DEF supply
module using DEF Doser
Cleaning Kit - 18-200-01.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI 18.
SPN 4337 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature differs from engine coolant temperature and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by more than 72°F (40°C)
at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(ECT1) (IAT) (DEF: SP)
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to ground between DEF: SP
connector pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 619
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 1 volt
pin-10 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair intermittent short to power
between DEF: SP connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4337 FMI 2.
620 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-10 and 180-pin breakout box pin J2-48.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 2.
No: Repair intermittent Open or high
resistance between DEF: SP connector
pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 2.
SPN 4337 FMI 10 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
is not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, 4 (AAT) • SPN 3361 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 4337 FMI 2 (DEF: SP • SPN 5745 (DEF: SMH)
Signal) Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEF: SMH • SPN 5798 (DEF: SMH
Relay) Temperature)
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 625
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to ground between DEF: SP
connector pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337 FMI 10.
626 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 1 volt
pin-10 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair intermittent short to power
between DEF: SP connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4337 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 627
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-10 and 180-pin breakout box pin J2-48.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 10.
No: Repair intermittent Open or high
resistance between DEF: SP connector
pin-10 and ACM connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4337
FMI 10.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) is used to maintain proper DEF temperature during cold
conditions. DEFSLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF Doser Unit (DEF: DU) and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater Relay (DEF:
LHR) allowing power to be sent to DEFSLH.
630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4340 FMI 3.
Figure 220 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 633
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
636 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 637
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
DEFSLH share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a common power
circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 641). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Go to Step 10.
18-045-01 pin-1 and known good ground
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable
642 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle harness
connector and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line Heater Test
(page 2161).
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
Test 2
A. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to DEF Line Heater Relay location in PDM and leave DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay and leave disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
E. Using ServiceMaxx™ software, select KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line Heater Test (page 2161).
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater Relay
disconnected.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater
(DEFSLH) disconnected.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle harness
connector, and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 645
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) is used to prevent Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezing
during cold conditions. DEFRLH is wrapped around return line between DEF tank and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on the DEF Line Heater Relay
allowing power to be sent to DEFRLH.
646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 649
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 653
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
C. Check DEFRLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFRLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.
C. Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4342 FMI 5.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 657). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Go to Step 10.
18-046-01 pin-1 and known good ground while the DEF Line Heater Test is running.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line Heater Test
(page 2161).
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
660 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line Heater Test
(page 2161).
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater Relay
disconnected..
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater
(DEFRLH) disconnected.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) vehicle harness
connector, and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
662 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Valve (DEFRV) controls Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) flow through DEF supply
module. When DEFRV is energized DEF is returned to DEF tank through DEF return line. DEFRV is not
serviceable individually and is part of DEF supply module.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve
(DEF: RCV) voltage is more than expected for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for
an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
DEF: RCV is internal to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is
active, dosing system may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in the lines. DEF remaining in lines can
freeze and cause Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEF: Decision
RCV) sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Go to Step 3
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and vehicle harness.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Diesel Exhaust Less than 0.5 volts
Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEF: RCV) pin-11 and a
known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to PWR in DEF: RCV CTL circuit between
ACM pin J1-56 and DEF: RCV pin-11. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 667
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) vehicle harness, and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Disconnect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 from Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module, and leave connected
to vehicle harness.
D. Key-ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance from Breakout Harness Less than 5 ohms
18-909-01 pin-12 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin
J2-34.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance in DEF: RCV CTL
circuit between ACM pin J1-56 and supply module pin-11.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4376
FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance in DEF: RCV GND
circuit between ACM pin J2-34 and supply module pin-12.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4376
FMI 3.
668 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF: RCV voltage is
less than expected value for 1 second. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will
be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
DEF: RCV is internal to the DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, the dosing
system may not be able to purge and DEF may be left in the lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause the Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve (DEF: Decision
RCV) sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Test.
B. Disconnect DEF: RCV sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DEF: RCV sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
harness, or terminal
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are the DEF: RCV sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN
4376 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 671
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
672 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4376 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 673
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance from Breakout Harness Greater than 1000 ohms
18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND between DEF supply module
pin-11 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) pin J1-56.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 4376
FMI 4.
No: Repair short between DEF: RCV CTL and DEF: RCV
GND circuits. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
4376 FMI 4
674 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 4376 FMI 7 - DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Valve (DEF: RCV) is commanded open, but the DEF doser pressure does not drop as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Fact
The DEF: RCV is internal to the DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, the
dosing system may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in the lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause the
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module return line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through the line. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does compressed air flow freely through the return line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return line.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376 FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) is used to maintain proper Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
temperature during cold conditions. DEFPLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF tank and DEF supply
module. When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) allowing power to be sent to DEFPLH.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is greater than 0.5 amp for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line
heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Possible Causes
• DEFPLH circuit short to PWR
• DEFPLH power circuit shorted to PWR between Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay pin-87 and DEFPLH
pin-1
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 679
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check DEFPLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEFPLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 3.
Figure 245 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-047-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 681
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 683
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
684 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 687
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ B+ ± 0.5 volts
software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests >
KOEO DEF Line Heater Test(page 2161). Run test and
measure voltage between Breakout Harness 18-045-01
pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Go to Test 2.
688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Connect test light between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 Test light illuminates, DEF: LHR fuse is not blown
pin-30 and known good ground.
Decision
Does test light illuminate and is DEF: LHR 15-amp fuse in Yes: Go to Test 6.
good condition and not blown?
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 691
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to check for voltage between vehicle side of Within 0.5 volt of B+
DEF: LHR 15-amp fuse and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage within 0.5 volt of B+? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: LHR
15-amp fuse and vehicle PWR. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH.
Test 4 Specification
Remove and replace DEF: LHR 15–amp fuse. New fuse does not blow when replaced
Decision
Does the DEF: LHR 15-amp fuse blow when replaced? Yes: Repair short to ground (GND) between DEF: LHR
15-amp fuse and DEF: LHR pin-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 693
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 5 Specification
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ New fuse does not blow when line heaters are turned on
software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests >
KOEO DEF Line Heater Test(page 2161). Run test and
check for short to ground between Breakout Harness
ZTSE4908 pin-87 and DEF: SLH.
Decision
Does the DEF: LHR 15-amp fuse blow when line heaters Yes: Repair short to ground (GND) between DEF: LHR
are turned ON? pin-87 and DEFPLH, Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line
Heater (DEFSLH), or Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line
Heater (DEFRLH). After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
No: Repair open or high resistance between DEF: LHR
pin-87 and DEFSLH, DEFPLH, or DEFRLH. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
694 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and Breakout Harness
18-045-01 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF: LHR. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
No: Repair open or high resistance between DEFPLH
pin-2 and DEF: LHR pin-87. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 695
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM.
Test 7 Specification
Check ACM and connector terminals for: damaged or Terminals are undamaged
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken
pins; or broken connector housing.
Decision
Are ACM connector, harness, and terminals clean and Yes: Go to Test 8.
undamaged?
No: Repair connector, harness, or terminal damage. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
696 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-537-01 pin J1-04 and Breakout Harness
18-045-01 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 9.
No: Repair open or high resistance between ACM
connector pin J1-04 and DEFPLH connector pin-1. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 697
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH disconnected.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness 18-045-01 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF: SLH. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
No: Repair short to ground (GND) between ACM connector
pin J1-04 and DEFPLH connector pin-1. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) is controlled using a PWM signal from Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM). DEF: SP is installed in DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component. DEF Supply
Module has an internal temperature sensor used to monitor DEF: SP temperature. When DEF: SP temperature
is too high, ACM will deactivate DEF: SP.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 699
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) temperature is not communicating with
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) or DEF: SP temperature signal is erratic. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
Figure 256 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 705
Figure 257 Test 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave supply
module disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Greater than 1000 ohms
pin-10 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent short to ground
between DEF supply module connector
pin-10 and ACM connector J2 pin-48. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 2.
706 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 258 Test 2 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave supply
module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 and ACM vehicle harness connector and
leave module disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-48.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair high resistance between DEF
supply module pin-10 and ACM connector
J2 pin-48. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 2
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 707
Figure 259 Test 3 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave supply
module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-8 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-02.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3361
FMI 2.
No: Repair high resistance between DEF
supply module pin-8 and ACM connector J2
pin-2. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 2
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Pump (DEF: SP) is too high. DEF injection into the exhaust system is disabled and engine torque is
reduced if fault is active for 4 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 711
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 8.5 volts
18-909-01 pin-10 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 8.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF supply module
pin-10 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) pin J2-48.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3361
FMI 3.
712 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave DEF
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin breakout box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Resistance is less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-909-01 breakout box pin J2-02.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF supply module. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 3361 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF supply
module pin-8 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
pin J2-02. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects resistance between the DEFSP motor driver
line and ground is over 500,000 ohms. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into exhaust system is disabled,
and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2170) and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-909-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 719
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave
module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 721
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin breakout box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave
module disconnected.
722 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) is unable to successfully build pressure or
prime after multiple attempts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 FMI 18 (DEF: • SPN 3363 FMI 7, 16, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16, and
TLT) 18 (DEF: THC) 18 (DEF: AP)
Fault Facts
Fault may set if DEF supply module was not allowed to shut down and purge fully following a re-calibration of
Engine Control Module (ECM). A full key cycle that allows dosing unit to purge, followed by a priming cycle,
should correct this issue.
B. Check DEF supply and return line are not reversed between supply module and No: Connect DEF supply
DEF tank. and return lines to correct
locations. After repairs
C. Verify supply and return lines are not swapped at DEF supply module or DEF tank.
are complete, perform
Are DEF supply and return lines correctly routed? KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2170) and retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
Step 7 Check DEF supply module supply line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of supply line and blow compressed air through supply line. Yes: Clean DEF supply
module using 18-200-01
Does compressed air flow freely through supply line?
and perform drive cycle
30. See DEF Supply
Module Flush (page
80).If SPN 3362 FMI 31 is
still active, replace DEF
supply module. After
repairs are complete,
perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 3362
FMI 31.
No: Clean or replace
DEF supply module
supply line. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2170) and retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
726 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) controls flow of coolant to DEF tank to thaw or prevent
freezing of DEF. When DEF temperature is low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands DEF: THC
open to allow coolant flow to DEF tank. ACM opens DEF: THC by sending power through DEF: THC CTL circuit.
DEF: THC GND circuit is constantly grounded through ACM.
728 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3363 FMI 3 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) is high or Open circuit for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 270 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF:THC) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4827
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
732 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 271 Test 1 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) valve.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEF: THC disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
ZTSE4827 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF: THC pin-1 and
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector pin J2-47.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 733
Figure 272 Test 2 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEF: THC disconnected.
D. Connect 180-pin breakout box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and 180-pin breakout box
00-00956-08 pin J2-47.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: THC
pin-1 and ACM connector pin J2-47. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
734 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 273 Test 3 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF:THC) Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEF:THC disconnected.
D. Connect 180-pin breakout box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness and
leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-4 and 180-pin breakout box
00-00956-08 pin J1-55.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF: THC. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: THC
pin-4 and ACM connector pin J1-55. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3363 FMI 3.
SPN 3363 FMI 4 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) is low for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine torque will be
reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) Decision
control connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Test.
B. Disconnect DEF: THC connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DEF: THC and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
harness, or terminal
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
damage. After repairs
Are DEF: THC connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? are complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 737
Figure 274 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4827
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
738 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms.
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to GND between DEF: THC connector
pin-1 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector
pin J2-47. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3363
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 739
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF: THC disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4827 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Replace DEF: THC. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
No: Repair short between DEF: THC connector pin-1 and
DEF: THC connector pin-4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
SPN 3363 FMI 7 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control
(DEF: THC) ON and signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) sensors do not show an
increase in DEF temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5
(DEF: TT) (DEF: THC) (DEF: L1HC) (DEF: L2HC)
• SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
(DEF: L3HC) (DEF: SMH)
Is coolant level within specification and free of contamination? No: Add engine coolant as
necessary. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 7.
Step 3 Check coolant line from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) Decision
to DEF tank.
Check coolant line from DEF: THC to DEF tank for leaks or damage; kinks or restrictions; Yes: Go to Step 4.
loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
No: Repair or replace
Is coolant line from DEF: THC to DEF tank unrestricted and in good condition? leaking or damaged coolant
line from DEF: THC to
DEF tank, fittings, or seals.
Check engine coolant level
and add as necessary.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI 7.
SPN 3363 FMI 16 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control
(DEF: THC) is ON when commanded OFF due to DEF Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) above 170°F (77°C). Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If there is a problem with DEF: THV, such as valve stuck open, coolant leaking past valve seat, or valve is
incorrectly installed, it can take long periods of operation at high load before tank temperature gradually increases
to fault code threshold of 170°F (77°C). When temperature drops below 167°F (75°C) due to a stopped engine,
overnight parking, or reduced coolant temperature, fault code will go inactive while root cause of the issue is still
present.
Step 2 Check for auxiliary Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank heater. Decision
Inspect vehicle for an auxiliary DEF tank heater. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is vehicle free of an auxiliary DEF tank heater? No: Remove auxiliary DEF
tank heater. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.
Step 3 Check for failed DEF Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) sensor. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load the signals session and monitor the DEF: Yes: Go to Step 4.
TT signal. Measure DEF: TT using Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799 from the bottom of
No: Replace DEF: TL and
the DEF tank.
DEF: TT sensor module.
Is EST reading within 18°F (10°C) of Infrared Thermometer reading? After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
16.
Step 4 Verify DEF Tank Heater Control (DEF: THC) is installed correctly. Decision
Verify DEF: THC is installed correctly (not missing, bypassed, or reversed). Yes: Replace DEF: THC.
After repairs are complete,
Is DEF: THC installed correctly?
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
16.
No: Install DEF: THC
correctly (see Exhaust
System Service Manual).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
16.
SPN 3363 FMI 18 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen DEF
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control
(DEF: THC) has been on long enough to thaw Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), but DEF dosing system is unable to
prime.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
DEF: TL & DEF: TT (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature) Sensor Module
Overview of DEF: TL & DEF: TT Sensor Group
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL) sensor is a combination sensor used to monitor DEF tank level and
DEF tank temperature. DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor is installed inside DEF tank and is a smart sensor that
communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Private CAN.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 747
SPN 1569 FMI 31 - SCR Tamperproof Warning & Protection System Inducement Severe
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open or disconnected for at least 1 hour. After
1 hour (level 2), engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 5 hours (level 3 and 4), engine will be de-rated by 40%,
and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on warning buzzer.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL)
signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited
period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEF: TL
and DEF: TT sensor. After
B. Disconnect DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor connector.
repairs are complete,
C. Check DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor and connector terminals for damaged perform the SCR
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken Maintenance Reset
connector housing. Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 1761
Are DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and
FMI 3.
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL)
sensor signal voltage is less than 0.25 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL) / Diesel Decision
Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEF: TL
/ DEF: TT sensor. After
B. Disconnect DEF: TL / DEF: TT sensor connector.
repairs are complete,
C. Check DEF: TL / DEF: TT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or perform the SCR
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken Maintenance Reset
connector housing. Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 1761
Are DEF: TL / DEF: TT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
FMI 4.
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 1761 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Very low or empty DEF level, or frozen DEF, can set this fault.
Is DEF level in the DEF tank close to the level indicated on the DEF level gauge, and No: Replace DEF tank
above 1/4 tank? level sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1761 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEF: TL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank level is
less than 10% full. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp will illuminate when fault is active.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault may become active during control module programming. To fix this fault, finish programming and then
cycle ignition switch.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank
level is less than 5.6% full. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp will illuminate when fault is active.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault may become active during control module programming. To fix this fault, finish programming and then
cycle ignition switch.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See N13 Engine with SCR Diagnostic Manual 0000002161 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 765
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEF: TT) sensor is in range but not rational.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor fail (or sets fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit, or
switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with DEF: TL and DEF:
TT sensor: NOxOUT sensor, NOxIN sensor, Ammonia (NH3) Sensor, SCR Temperature Sensor, and DOC /
DPF temperature sensor.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness (DEF: TL and DEF: TT) 18-124-01
• 3-Banana Plug Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
768 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF: TL and DEF: TT disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-124-01 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 769
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF: TL and DEF: TT disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: TL and
DEF: TT sensor module pin-3 and GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
No: Repair high resistance or short to GND between DEF:
TL and DEF: TT sensor module pin-4 and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3031 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEF: TT) signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault
is active for limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with
fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEF: TT
sensor module. After
B. Disconnect DEF: TT sensor module connector.
repairs are complete,
C. Check DEF: TT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched perform the SCR
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing. Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
Are DEF: TT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
and retest for SPN 3031
FMI 3.
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN
3031 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEF: TT) signal voltage is less than 0.2 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is contaminated,
degraded, or incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
B. Visually inspect for contamination, and use DEF Refractometer 5025 to No: Drain the DEF tank, flush with
test urea concentration of DEF fluid. distilled water, and fill with new and /
or known good DEF. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3521 FMI
Is urea concentration between 30 to 34% and not contaminated?
11.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) OUT is seeing
greater NOx than expected within calibrated time after Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) has been injected into
exhaust.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOxIN) • SPN 3226 (NOxOUT) • SPN 3228 (NOxOUT)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3362 FMI 31 (DEF: • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 and
(DEF: SP) SP) (DEF: THC) 18 (DEF: AP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(DEF: L1HC) (DEF: L2HC) (DEF: L3HC) (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
(SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5742 (DOC / DPF • SPN 5743 (SCR Temp) • SPN 5745 (DEF: SMH)
(DEF: DU) Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEF: SMH) • SPN 5798 (DEF: SMH • SPN 520668 (AFT system) • SPN 520669 (AFT system)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
B. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines and connections for: No: Repair or replace
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and restrictions. failed line or connection.
After repairs are
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines and connections in good condition
complete, perform the
and unrestricted?
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170)
and retest for SPN 4094
FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 779
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that any Aftertreatment (AFT) sensor or
actuator is Open or disconnected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
DEF: SMH Relay (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay)
Overview of DEF: SMH Relay Sensor Group
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module HTR Relay (DEF: SMH Relay) is used to control DEF Supply Module Heater
(DEF: SMH), which is installed in DEF supply module. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns DEF: SMH
on by controlling DEF: SMH Relay PWR.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 783
SPN 5746 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater Relay (DEF: SMH Relay) is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
B. Check PDM, fuses, and relays for blown fuses and loose, missing, or intermittent No: Repair PDM, fuses,
connections. and / or relays. After
repairs are complete,
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition?
retest for SPN 5746 FMI
3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
786 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 300 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance less than 300 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF: SMH Relay. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 787
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward
top of PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) and leave DEF: SMH Relay
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 789
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volt.
ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between DEF: SMH Relay pin-86
and ACM pin J2-33. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5746 FMI 3.
790 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward
top of PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to J2 vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM and leave DEF: SMH Relay disconnected.
792 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin
J2-33.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF:
SMH Relay pin-85 and ACM pin J1-63. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between DEF: SMH
Relay pin-86 and ACM pin J2-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
SPN 5746 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater (DEF: SMH) Relay is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
796 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEF: SMH) Relay.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Between 100 and 300 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace DEF: SMH Relay. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 797
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward
top of PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEF: SMH) Relay.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 100 ohms
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Decision
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? Yes: Repair short between DEF: SMH Relay CTL circuit
and DEF: SMH Relay GND circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND in between DEF: SMH Relay
pin-86 and ACM pin J2-33. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
Overview
DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature. DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from DOC
Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensors, and communicates these signals to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) over Controller Area
Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed may be limited after extended engine
operation with faults active.
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module supply voltage is high for a period of 3.8 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect DOC / DPF sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DOC / DPF sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched
harness, or terminal
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
damage. After repairs
housing.
are complete, retest for SPN
Are the DOC / DPF sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? 5742 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 803
Figure 296 Test 1 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace DOC /DPF temperature sensor module.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 3.
No: Repair incorrect battery wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 3
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 805
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
/ Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 3.8 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect DOC / DPF temperature sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DOC / DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for damaged
harness, or terminal
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
damage. After repairs
connector housing.
are complete, retest for SPN
Are the DOC / DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and 5742 FMI 4.
undamaged?
808 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 297 Test 1 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace DOC / DPF temperature sensor module.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 2.
810 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 298 Test 2 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-4 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance in ground circuit
between DOC / DPF temperature sensor module connector
pin-1 and ground. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open or short to ground in Switch Battery
(SWBAT) circuit between DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module connector pin-4 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 4.
SPN 5742 FMI 11 - DPF Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module power reset events within a 300 second window is greater than or equal to 5 counts. Active and parked
regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect for blockages or damage at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module heat shield.
A. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Check for air flow restrictions around DOC/DPF temperature sensor module No: Remove air restriction,
(mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed. or replace or repair
DOC/DPF temperature
Is DOC / DPF temperature sensor module heat shield free of air restrictions and not
sensor module heat shield.
missing or damaged?
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI 11.
Step 2 Inspect connections at DOC / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature Decision
sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for damaged
harness, or terminal
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
damage. After repairs
connector housing.
are complete, retest for SPN
Are the DOC/DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and 5742 FMI 11.
undamaged?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 813
Figure 299 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
B. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-4 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND in switched battery
circuit between DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
connector pin-4 and switched ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 815
Figure 300 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4 (wiggle if necessary).
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace DOC/DPF temperature sensor module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 11.
No: Repair intermittent, Open or short to PWR in GND
circuit between DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
connector pin-1 and GND. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI 11.
816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module signal is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 4.2 seconds. Active
and parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 4765 FMI 16 (DOCIT)
16 (DPFIT) 16 (DPFOT)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after the DOC / DPF temperature sensor module temperature drops below the warning
limit, and will likely be inactive when the vehicle is in the shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used
for both active and inactive fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked exhaust
system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect for blockages or damage at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module heat shield.
A. Disconnect DOC / DPF temperature sensor module connector. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check for air flow restrictions around DOC / DPF temperature sensor module No: Remove air restriction,
(mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed. or replace or repair DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor
Is DOC / DPF temperature sensor module heat shield free of air restrictions and not
module heat shield. After
missing or damaged?
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5742 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with
the DOC / DPF temperature sensor module during two events.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect DOC / DPF temperature sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DOC / DPF temperature sensor and connector terminals for damaged
harness, or terminal
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
damage. After repairs
connector housing.
are complete, retest for SPN
Are the DOC / DPF temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and 5742 FMI 19.
undamaged?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 821
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 302 Test 1 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 823
Figure 303 Test 2 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-4 and a known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open or high resistance in ground circuit
between DOC / DPF temperature sensor module connector
pin-1 and ground. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
No: Repair open or short to ground in between DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module connector pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
824 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 304 Test 3 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 1 volt
18-649-01 pin-3 and a known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair open or short to ground in between DOC /
DPF temperature sensor module connector pin-3 and
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector pin J2-14.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 825
Figure 305 Test 4 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
18-649-01 pin-3 and a known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to power between DOC / DPF temperature
sensor module connector pin-3 and Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) connector pin J2-14. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 306 Test 5 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 1 volt
18-649-01 pin-2 and a known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair open or short to ground between DOC /
DPF temperature sensor module connector pin-2 and
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector pin J2-15.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 827
Figure 307 Test 6 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
18-649-01 pin-2 and a known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short to power between DOC / DPF temperature
sensor module connector pin-2 and Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) connector pin J2-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
828 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 308 Test 7 DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC / DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 50 ohms
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? Yes: Replace DOC / DPF temperature sensor module.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
No: Repair short between DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module connector pin-2 and pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5742 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 829
Overview
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Diesel Oxidation Catalyst/Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature
sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller
Area Network (CAN). DOCIT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and is not serviceable
individually.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the difference between the Diesel Oxidation
Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) readings do not
match expected values for engine operating conditions for 300 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection
into the aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked regeneration of the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if the engine is operated for an extended period of time with this
fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFIS) (AFTFEC)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DOCIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than 1274°F (690°C) for 60 seconds. Active and parked regeneration will be disabled.
Engine shutdown will occur 30 seconds after fault becomes active (except emergency vehicle calibrations).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 2 3 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
(DPF) temperature sensor module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 5.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system is used to reduce soot released into exhaust aftertreatment system. DPF
is used in conjunction with Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) to reduce soot. Process of reducing soot to ash is
called regeneration (regen). Regen can be active, stationary, or passive. Passive regen needs no input from
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) to work. Active happens when ACM commands vehicle to regen, and
vehicle goes into a regen strategy. Stationary regen is used when operator manually tells ACM to begin regen
process. This can be accomplished by either manually pushing an override button inside cab, or through use of
Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. DOC and DPF can be serviced separately.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 841
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects time between completion of actual active
regenerations is less than the estimated time between active regenerations.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate after this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses, tubes and connections for kinks, improper hose routing, Yes: Go to Step 4.
restrictions, or damage.
No: Repair leaking,
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, and not damaged, or restricted? restricted, or damaged
hoses, and connections.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
Step 5 Inspect exhaust system for restrictions, leaks or physical damage. Decision
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2368). Yes: Repair exhaust
system damage or
Are exhaust system components damaged or restricted?
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
No: Replace DPFDP
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5397 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 843
DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
measures pressure difference between intake and outlet of DPF, and outlet pressure of DPF. Aftertreatment
regeneration will not run with DPFDP / DPFOP sensor fault codes present.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) is greater than 0.25 psi (1.5 kpa), is not changing with engine conditions, or
range since last monitor is less than 0.15 psi (1 kpa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at the Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Decision
Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module.
Check sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Repair leaking,
Are DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connections free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251 FMI 2.
B. Disconnect DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connector. No: Repair connector, harness,
or terminal damage. After
C. Check DPFDP / DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
repairs are complete, retest for
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
SPN 3251 FMI 2.
connector housing.
Are DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) to (ACM) J1 vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-2 and 180-pin breakout box pin J1-70.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP / DPFOP sensor
module. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3251 FMI 2.
No: Repair high resistance between DPFDP
/ DPFOP sensor module connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin J1-70. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at DPFDP / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector.
Repair connector, harness,
C. Check DPFDP / DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
or terminal damage. After
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
repairs are complete, retest
connector housing.
for SPN 3251 FMI 3.
Are DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 851
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
852 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP / DPFOP sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 4.7 volts
pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4.7 volts? Yes: Perform Test 2.
No: Repair short to power between DPFDP
/ DPFOP sensor connector pin-2 and ACM
connector pin J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 853
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-42.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP/ DPFOP sensor. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3251
FMI 3.
No: Repair high resistance between the
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector pin-1
and ACM connector pin J1-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is less than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 857
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Greater than 1000 ohms
pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to ground between DPFDP
/ DPFOP sensor connector pin-2 and ACM
connector pin J1-70. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 4.
858 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-4 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-42.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3
No: Repair open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector pin-4
and ACM connector pin J2-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 859
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-2 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-70.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP / DPFOP sensor. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3251
FMI 4.
No: Repair open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin J1-70. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3251 FMI 4.
Engine is Running
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) is greater than 0.22 psi (1.51 kPa) or less than -0.22 psi (-1.51 kPa) at initial Key ON, stuck in-range,
in-range but not rational, or in-range but reading inappropriately high for 30 seconds. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3512 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3610 FMI 3 and 4
(DPFDP) 14 (VREF 4) (DPFOP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Decision
Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor.
Check DPFDP / DPFOP sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connections free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? No: Repair leaking,
restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3610 FMI 2.
Figure 321 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 863
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Particulate Filter Differential
Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-3 and Breakout Box pin J2-32.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP / DPFOP sensor. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3610
FMI 2.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP pin-3 and ACM pin J2-32.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3610 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connector.
No: Repair connector,
C. Check DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
harness, or terminal
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
damage. After repairs
connector housing.
are complete, retest for SPN
Are DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and 3610 FMI 3.
undamaged?
866 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 867
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel
Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor
module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 4.7 volts
pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4.7 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to PWR between DPFDP
/ DPFOP sensor module connector pin-3
and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
connector pin J2-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3610 FMI 3.
868 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor module disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J1-42.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP / DPFOP sensor
module. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3610 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor module connector
pin-1 and ACM connector pin J1-42. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3610
FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 869
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 873
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Greater than 1000 ohms
pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to GND between DPFDP
/ DPFOP sensor connector pin-3 and ACM
connector pin J2-32. After repairs are
complete retest for SPN 3610 FMI 4.
874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-4 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-42.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector pin-4
and ACM connector pin J2-42. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3610 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 875
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP / DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness 12-575-01 Less than 5 ohms
pin-3 and 180-pin Breakout Box pin J2-32.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace DPFDP / DPFOP sensor. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3610
FMI 4.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between
DPFDP / DPFOP sensor connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin J2-32. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 3610 FMI 4.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of the DPF.
DOC / DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFIT sensor is part of the DOC / DPF temperature sensor module
and is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is above Critical. DPFIT is continuously
above 1472°F (800°C) for a predetermined amount of time; or DPFIT - Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) > 1004°F (540°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC / DPF temp
sensor module)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 4 Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment Decision
system from engine.
Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet. Yes: Go to Step 5.
No: Repair fuel or lube oil leak to
Was the turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? exhaust. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that difference between Diesel Particulate
Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) OR Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor readings do not match expected values for engine
operating conditions within 500 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and 7
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFP1) (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11, and
(DOCIT) 16 (DOC / DPF Temperature
Sensor Module)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is less
than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT)
sensor is above Warning Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit,
and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor temperatures.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 2104). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC /
DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.
Step 4 Decision
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in the aftertreatment system from the Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine. Remove exhaust plumbing from the turbocharger outlet.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
15.
Step 5 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is the AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.
Step 6 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 7.
KOER DSI System Test(page 2187).
No: Replace AFT:
Was correct amount of fuel dispensed? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.
888 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Decision
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot?
Regeneration Procedure.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 15.
No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT)
sensor is above Maximum Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor drops below maximum
limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor temperatures.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 2104). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC /
DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.
Step 4 Decision
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in the aftertreatment system from the Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine. Remove exhaust plumbing from the turbocharger outlet.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3242 FMI
16.
Step 5 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is the AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.
Step 6 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 7.
KOER DSI System Test(page 2187).
No: Replace AFT:
Was correct amount of fuel dispensed? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 891
Step 7 Decision
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot?
Regeneration Procedure.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3242 FMI 16.
No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3242 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than 1247°F (675°C) for 5 seconds on five separate occasions. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
(DPF) temperature sensor module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4766 FMI 15.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4766 FMI 15.
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet
Temperature (DPFIT) reading is greater than 1269°F (687°C) for 90 seconds on five separate occasions.
Active and parked regeneration will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit, and
will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active
and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
(DPF) temperature sensor module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4766 FMI 16.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4766 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 897
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at the outlet of the
DPF. DOC / DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFOT sensor is part of DOC / DPF temperature sensor
module and is not serviceable individually.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 899
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is above Critical Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below critical
limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor temperatures.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 2104). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC /
DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.
Step 4 Decision
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in the aftertreatment system from the Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine. Remove exhaust plumbing from the turbocharger outlet.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
0.
Step 5 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is the AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.
Step 6 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 7.
KOER DSI System Test(page 2187).
No: Replace AFT:
Was correct amount of fuel dispensed? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 901
Step 7 Decision
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot?
Regeneration Procedure.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 0.
No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is not changing with engine operating conditions within 300 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and 7
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) 17 (AFT: FP1) (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11, and
(DOCIT) 16 (DOC / DPF Temperature
Sensor Module)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is less
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is above Warning Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below warning
limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor temperatures.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 2104). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC /
DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.
Step 4 Decision
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in the aftertreatment system from the Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine. Remove exhaust plumbing from the turbocharger outlet.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
15.
Step 5 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is the AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.
Step 6 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 7.
KOER DSI System Test(page 2187).
No: Replace AFT:
Was correct amount of fuel dispensed? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.
910 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Decision
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot?
Regeneration Procedure.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 15.
No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is above Maximum Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below
maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor to Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet (DPFIT) and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor temperatures.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Comparison Test(page 2104). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace DOC /
DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.
Step 4 Decision
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in the aftertreatment system from the Yes: Go to Step 5.
engine. Remove exhaust plumbing from the turbocharger outlet.
No: Repair fuel or lube
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? oil leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3246 FMI
16.
Step 5 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
No: Replace AFT:
Is the AFT Fuel Injector (AFTFI) dry and free of fuel? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.
Step 6 Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 7.
KOER DSI System Test(page 2187).
No: Replace AFT:
Was correct amount of fuel dispensed? FEC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 913
Step 7 Decision
Remove Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Inspect DOC. Check DOC face for soot Yes: Reinstall DOC
accumulation, face plugging, or damage. and perform KOER
Aftertreatment DPF
Are less than 50 percent of cells on intake face completely blocked by soot?
Regeneration Procedure.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3246 FMI 16.
No: Clean or replace
DOC. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3246 FMI 16.
Overview
The Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor measures exhaust back pressure that allows the Engine Control
Module (ECM) to control the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. The EBP sensor is installed in a tube
connected to the exhaust manifold at the top right rear of the engine.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 915
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is below desired level.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 917
Fault Overview
Fault sets when absolute pressure difference between Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Barometric Pressure
(BARO) and absolute pressure difference between EBP and Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) are greater than
4.4 psi (30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back-Pressure (EBP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
A restricted exhaust system may set this fault.
C. Check EBP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EBP sensor, connector harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 921
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
922 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 1209 FMI 3
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 1209 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair short to power between EBP pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) Pin E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1209 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 923
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to EBP vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use a DMM to measure voltage between ZTSE4850 pin-1 B+
and B+.
Decision
Is the measure voltage B+? Yes: Replace EBP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1209 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between EBP pin-1 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1209 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor voltage less than 0.2 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EBP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the EBP sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 4.
926 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 927
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 1.0 volts
ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 1.0 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between EBP pin-2 and Engine Control
Module pin E-35. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 1209 FMI 4.
928 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear Diagnostic SPN 1209 FMI 3
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 1209 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace EBP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1209 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 929
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Use EST with ServiceMaxx™ to clear DTC list. SPN 3509 FMI 4
Decision
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set? Yes: Repair short to ground between EBP pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1209 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between EBP pin-3 and ECM pin E-20.
After repairs are complete, retest or SPN 1209 FMI 4.
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve) to control the exhaust brake.
EBPV is installed in exhaust pipe.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 931
Function
Fault set when comparison of Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) to Intake Manifold Pressure
(IMP), Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO), or Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) has an absolute pressure value
difference of greater than 3.6 psi (25 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range HIGH.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND in VREF 1 between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-35 and EBPV pin-2.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 937
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-6 and pin-3.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to power in EBPC circuit between EBPV
pin-6 and ECM pin E-56. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
No: Replace EBPV. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5541 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 939
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair open in ACT PWR between 24-pin engine to
chassis pin-1 connector and ACT PWR Relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 343 Test 5 24-Pin Engine to Chassis ACT GND Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-12.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open in ACT GND between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-12 and EBPV pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 3.
No: Repair open in ACT GND between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-12 and chassis ground connection
pin C-2,4,6. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 941
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range LOW.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect EBPV control.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.
944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 945
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND in VREF 1 between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-35 and EBPV pin-2.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 4.
946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND in EBPV control circuit between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-56 and EBPV pin-6.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 947
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND in EBPV control circuit between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-56 and EBPV pin-6.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5541 FMI 4.
No: Replace EBPV. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5541 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
950 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
952 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to power.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect EBPV connector.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.
954 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 955
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND in VREF 1 between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-35 and EBPV pin-2.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 3.
956 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 957
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-6 and pin-3.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to power in EBPC circuit between EBPV
pin-6 and ECM pin E-56. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5543 FMI 3.
No: Replace EBPV. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 3.
958 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair open in ACT PWR between 24-pin engine to
chassis pin-1 connector and ACT PWR Relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 959
Figure 355 Test 5 24-Pin Engine to Chassis ACT GND Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-12.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open in ACT GND between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-12 and EBPV pin-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 3.
No: Repair open in ACT GND between 24-pin engine to
chassis connector pin-12 and chassis ground connection
pin C-2,4,6. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.
960 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to ground.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 158 FMI 15 and 17 (ECM)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect EBPV connector.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 963
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
964 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND in VREF 1 between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-35 and EBPV pin-2.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 965
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND in EBPV control circuit between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-56 and EBPV pin-6.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
966 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND in EBPV control circuit between
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-56 and EBPV pin-6.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 4.
No: Replace EBPV. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) is less than 25 mA for 100 microseconds when enabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF Yes: Perform pinpoint
tests.
B. Disconnect EBPC
C. Check EBPC and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
970 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 361 Test 1 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-3 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between EBPV pin-3 and ACT GND.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5543 FMI 5
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 971
Figure 362 Test 2 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness 2.5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4834 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 2.5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace EBPV assembly. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5543 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open between EBPV pin-6 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-56. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5543 FMI 5.
Overview
Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) is a compression release brake that works in conjunction with Injection
Control Pressure (ICP) system to keep exhaust valves partially open during engine braking.
ECB1 sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating brake control pressure.
ECM monitors ECB1 signal during engine normal and braking operation to determine if compression release
brake system is working without fault.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 973
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Brake Control Pressure (BCP) signal is greater
than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4287 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and 5
15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP) (IPR) (ECBP) (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for leaking Engine Compression Brake (ECB1) valve assembly Decision
A. Start Engine. Yes: Replace ECB1 valve.
After repairs are complete,
B. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector. (page 2124)
retest for SPN 4287 FMI 0.
C. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor BCP.
Is BCP greater than 145 psi (1.0 MPa) with engine running (engine compression brake No: Go to Step 4.
never commanded on)?
Fault Overview
Fault sets when engine Exhaust Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure is lower than expected. Injection control
pressure minus measured retarder pressure is greater than 580.3 psi (4.001 MPa) for greater than 20 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out of
range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check UVC connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet or corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
C. Check BCP sensor connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are BCP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 979
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
980 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use a DMM to measure voltage between Breakout > 5 volts
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 5 volts? Yes: Repair short to power between UVC1 pin-1 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 981
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use a DMM to measure voltage between Breakout 5 volts ± 0.5 volts
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and a known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage 5 volts ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to power between UVC1 pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-13. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
982 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to pin-7
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 4287 FMI 4 sets in DTC list
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 4287 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Go to Step 3 (page 978).
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 983
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to a known good GND
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 4 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 4287 FMI 4 sets in DTC list
Decision
Does SPN 4287 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: repair Open between UVC pin-2 and ECM pin D-14.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
No: repair Open between UVC pin-1 and ECM pin D-21.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
984 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-1
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7
No: Repair Open between UVC1 pin-2 and BCP pin-1.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 985
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
Test 6 Specification
Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-2
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6
No: Repair Open between UVC1 pin-3 and BCP pin-2.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
986 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
Test 7 Specification
Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-3
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace BCP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between UVC1 pin-1 and BCP pin-3.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out
of range low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
990 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1
Clear codes, check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4287 FMI 4.
Decision
Is SPN 4287 FMI 4 still active? Yes: Repair short to ground between UVC pin-1 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-21. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 991
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
Test 2
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Replace Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4287 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to short to ground between UVC pin-1
and BCP pin-3. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
4287 FMI 4.
Function diagram for Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit consists of the following:
• Engine Control Module (ECM) with Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO) Internal Sensor
• Starter
• Starter Relay
• ECI Circuit
• Drive line Disengagement Switch (DDS)
Function
Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit is controlled by ECM. It prevents starter engagement while engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm). Starter engagement is also prevented when automatic transmission is in gear or
manual transmission clutch pedal is not depressed. Starter relay can also be disabled by an optional over crank
thermocouple.
Location
Relay and switches are vehicle-mounted parts. For additional supporting information, see truck Chassis
Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide.
Tools
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 993
• No PWR to ECM
• Blown fuse
For additional circuit information see truck Chassis Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide.
996 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
For additional circuit information, see truck Chassis Electrical Circuit Diagram
Manual and Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide.
85 to GND <2V If B+, check ECI control circuit for OPEN or failed thermal over-crank protection
switch.
If 4 to 5 volts, check DDS circuit to ECM, and go to Voltage Check at ECM (page
996).
87 to GND B+ If < B+, replace relay.
• For manual transmission, check PWR circuit to clutch pedal or blown fuse. A
failed clutch pedal switch is possible.
C-7 to GND <2V If > 2 volts, check ECM programming.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 997
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, always disconnect main negative battery cable first. Always
connect the main negative battery cable last.
Disconnect both battery GND cables. Disconnect ECI relay and VIGN. Use DMM to measure resistance.
86 to VIGN <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN.
86 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
30 to B+ battery <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN or blown fuse.
post
30 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
C-65 DDS See vehicle electrical diagrams. Check for OPEN or short to GND. Possible failed clutch switch
circuit or automatic transmission module circuit faults.
998 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
DDS Circuit
ECM monitors DDS on Pin C-65. B+ indicates drivetrain is disengaged and engine is ready to start. Zero volts
indicates drivetrain is engaged and engine is not ready to start. Source of this signal depends on vehicle's
hardware configuration. See appropriate electrical diagrams when diagnosing this circuit.
Ignition Switch
VIGN is supplied to starter relay coil (Pin 86) when engine is cranked.
ECI Circuit
ECM controls starter disable with ECI circuit, pin C-7 to starter relay coil Pin 85. Open or B+ will disable relay.
A 0-volt (GND) will enable relay.
Starter Relay
Engine starter relay controls voltage to starter motor. Turning ignition switch to start position supplies current to
energize starter relay at Pin 86. If engine is not running and drive line is not engaged, ECM Pin C-7 will enable
relay by supplying a ground to Pin 85 of relay. When relay is closed, current passes through relay to starter
solenoid.
Clutch Switch
Manual transmissions use clutch switch to supply a signal to ECM indicating drive line is disengaged. A 12-volt
signal on DDS circuit indicates clutch is disengaged. A 0-volt signal indicates clutch is engaged.
Neutral Switch
Allison LCT transmissions use neutral position switch to supply power to starter relay and a signal to ECM that
drive line is disengaged. Vehicles programmed for Allison AT / MT transmissions receive a 12-volt signal on DDS
circuit indicating transmission is out of gear. A 0-volt signal indicates transmission is in gear. When transmission
is in gear, no power is available to starter relay.
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) requires battery power to operate Body Controller (BC) and perform maintenance
after ignition switch is turned off. To do this, ECM must control its own power supply. When ECM receives
Ignition (VIGN) signal from ignition switch, ECM will enable relay to power-up. When ignition switch is turned
off, ECM performs internal maintenance, then disables ECM relay.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1001
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO)
sensor signal is erratic intermittent or incorrect
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
BARO sensor is located inside Engine Control Module (ECM). If there is a confirmed BARO failure, ECM must
be replaced.
Drive Cycles
Continuous
Possible Cause
• Failed ECM
1002 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 108 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is above maximum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 108 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Determines if Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is below minimum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 108 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) Switched voltage is too High.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for correct battery voltage Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. KOER, monitor battery Yes: Replace alternator.
voltage. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 158 FMI 15.
Is battery voltage greater than 16 volts? No: Check for incorrect
battery charger selection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 158 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) switched voltage is to low with battery voltage within normal
operating range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check battery connections and terminals for damage; wet or corroded terminals;
loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken connector housing.
Are battery connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 158 FMI 17.
C. Check ECM PWR relay and relay terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are ECM PWR relay connectors, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 158 FMI 17.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ECM PWR relay connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1015
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ECM PWR relay connector disconnected.
1016 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable tool from International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness
and leave 9261 connector disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1017
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM between positive battery post and known good GND.
1018 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect applicable tool from International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness
and leave 9260 connector disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1019
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal memory error within the ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 628 FMI 12.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when the ECM detects CPU load is excessively high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Clear codes, reset ECM, see if fault returns.
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 629 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine OFF timer is not reading as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ECM Timer Fuse may be an in-line fuse in the engine compartment, see Truck Wiring Diagram for more
information.
Step 2 Check for active fault code after Engine Control Module (ECM) reset. Decision
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Key ON.
Does EST DTC list free show SPN 629 FMI 8 as Active or Pending? No: Repair is complete.
C. Check ECM timer fuse holder connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Step 5 Check voltage at terminal block for ECM timer fuse. Decision
Measure voltage between fuse terminal block (9261 side) and known good ground. Yes: Repair Open circuit
between terminal block and
ECM terminal C-46. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 629 FMI 8.
Is B+ voltage present at ECM timer fuse? No: Repair Open between
terminal block and truck
wiring harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
629 FMI 8.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal chip error within ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Clear faults, reset ECM, see if faults remain cleared
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 629 FMI 12.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 2107). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 1136 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that it has exceeded 98% CPU load.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 628 FMI 12 (ECM) • SPN 629 FMI 12 (ECM)
16, and 18 (IMP) (BARO)
• SPN 1209 FMI 0 and 7 • SPN 1209 FMI 1, 3, and 4
(AMS) (EBP)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1031
Fault Facts
Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Intake Manifold Decision
Pressure (IMP) sensor connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Return vehicle to
customer.
B. Disconnect EBP and IMP sensor connectors.
C. Check EBP and IMP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBP and IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Overview
The Engine Coolant Temperature 1(ECT1) sensor provides a feedback signal to the Engine Control Module
(ECM) indicating engine coolant temperature. During engine operation, the ECM will monitor the ECT1 signal to
control the following features: Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS); Cold Ambient Protection (CAP);
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST); Cold idle advance; and Coolant compensation
The EWPS is an optional feature that can be enabled or disabled. When the EWPS is enabled, the operator is
warned of an overheat condition and, if programmed, will shutdown the engine.
1034 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger
2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at Key ON after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check ECT1 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1038 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
coolant temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace ECT1 sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1039
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
coolant temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between EGT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between EGT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-33. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECT1 signal is greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 3.
1042 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1043
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use a Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage < 6 volts
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to power between ECT1 pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-33. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1044 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Trouble SPN 110 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 110 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace ECT1 sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
No: Go to Step 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1045
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to ground.
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. SPN 110 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 110 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between ECT1 pin-1 and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between ECT1 pin-2 and ECM pin E-33.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
signal voltage is less than .17 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
110 FMI 4.
1048 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1049
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic DTC list SPN 110 FMI 3 sets
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 110 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace ECT1 sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND between ECT1 connector pin-2
and ECM pin E-33. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is stuck in
Range Low monitor.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1051
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Decision
With engine running, using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure upper radiator Yes: Perform Pin-Point
hose temperature after thermostat has opened and compare to ECT1 sensor reading. Tests.
Is thermometer reading on upper radiator hose within 5°F (-15°C) of ECT1 reading after
thermostat opens?
No: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 17.
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volts
ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Diagnose fan clutch (See cooling system diagnostic
manual. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110
FMI 17.
No: Repair Short to GND between Engine Fan Relay
pin-85 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin C-58. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 17.
SPN 110 FMI 18 - Engine Coolant System below closed loop minimum Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault sets when minimum closed-loop coolant temperature of less than 68°F (20°C) is not reached.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Decision
With engine running, using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure upper radiator Yes: Perform Pin-Point
hose temperature after thermostat has opened and compare to ECT1 sensor reading. Tests.
Is thermometer reading on upper radiator hose within 5°F of ECT1 reading after thermostat
opens?
No: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 110 FMI 17.
1058 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness < 0.5 volts
ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Diagnose fan clutch (See cooling system diagnostic
manual. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110
FMI 18.
No: Repair Short to GND between Engine Fan Relay
pin-85 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin C-58. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 110 FMI 18.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Decision
With engine running, using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure upper radiator Yes: Perform Pin-Point
hose temperature after thermostat has opened and compare to ECT1 sensor reading. Tests.
Is thermometer reading on upper radiator hose within 5°F (-15°C) of ECT1 reading after
thermostat opens?
No: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1659 FMI 20.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1063
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness < 0.5 volts
ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Diagnose fan clutch (See cooling system diagnostic
manual. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1659
FMI 20.
No: Repair Short to GND between Engine Fan Relay
pin-85 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin C-58. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1659 FMI 20.
Overview
Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) supplies fuel to engine at approximately 90 psi (620 kPa). Engine Control Module
(ECM) drives fuel supply pump directly, using H-Bridge driver.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even
though fuel pressure normally operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1066 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is greater than 120 psi (827 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is used to detect installation of a 2010 [0 - 75 psi (0 - 517 kPa)] FDP sensor in a 2013+ [0 - 135 psi (0
- 931 kPa)] engine.
Step 2 Monitor FDP sensor value using EST with ServiceMaxx™. Decision
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Replace FDP sensor
with correct part number for
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor
engine. After repairs are
FDP sensor value.
complete, retest for SPN 94
FMI 0.
Is FDP steady and above 120 psi (827 kPa)?
No: Retest for SPN 94 FMI
0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 30
psi (207 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
ICP is limited with this fault.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) power supply circuit is Shorted to low
source or Open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) in atmosphere contribute to production of smog. NOx is formed in engines when
temperatures in combustion chamber get too hot.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is used to reduce amount of NOx created by the engine. EGR
valve directs some exhaust into intake stream to dilute air-fuel mixture in the combustion chamber. This slows
combustion and reduces formation of NOx.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1075
Figure 390 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Actuator Sensor Group Location
1. EGR Valve
1076 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Position (EGRP)
temperature is too high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational Test Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: System OK. After
repairs are complete,
A. Key ON, clear codes.
retest for SPN 27 FMI 0.
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screens to clear.
C. Key ON, perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational Test(page
2271).
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not
functioning properly when initialized.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 27 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) fails to detect rising edge of a response pulse on Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) position signal line within 0.0057 seconds following commanded position change.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Does EST DTC list free show SPN 2791 FMI 2 as active?
No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.
C. Check TC2WG and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals;
loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6003
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6016
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1083
Figure 392 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6016 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 5.5 volts
ZTSE6016 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 5.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to power between EGR valve connector
pin-1 and Engine Control Module (ECM) Chassis 76-pin
connector pin C-26. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 2.
1084 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 393 Test 2 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6016 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 4.5 volts
ZTSE6016 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 4.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1085
Figure 394 Test 3 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6016 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve disconnected.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6016 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair open circuit EGR valve connector pin-1 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) Chassis 76-pin connector
pin C-26. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791
FMI 2.
No: Repair short to ground between EGR valve connector
pin-1 and ECM Chassis 76-pin connector pin C-26. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 2.
1086 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 395 Test 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6016 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve disconnected.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 9 volts
ZTSE6016 pin-4 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 9 volts? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1087
Figure 396 Test 5 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6016 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE6016 pin-4 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair open or blown fuse between Actuator Power
(ACT PWR) relay pin-87 and EGR valve connector pin-4.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 2.
No: Repair short to ground between ACT PWR relay
pin-87 and EGR valve connector pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 2.
1088 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve vehicle harness connector to EGR valve.
Test 6 Specification
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test. (page Faults clear
2271)
Decision
Do faults clear? Yes: Go to Intermittent or Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
No: Replace EGR valve. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
This fault sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage supply of greater than 18 volts
for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage value that is greater than 18
volts. This is NOT an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.
Fault Overview
This fault sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage supply of less than 8 volts for
13 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage value that is less than 8 volts.
This is NOT an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1094 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 8 volts
ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 8 volts? Yes: Repair high resistance in power circuit between pin-4
and ACT PWR relay. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 4.
No: Repair high resistance in ground circuit between pin-3
and ACT GND circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is Not
functioning properly when commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is also used to detect EGR valve positive and negative deviation faults.
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR Valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 7.
Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2271). Yes: Replace EGR valve.
Notify supervisor for further
Is SPN 2791 FMI 7 Pending or Active in DTC list?
action.
No: Fault no longer present
at this time. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 7.
SPN 2791 FMI 8 - EGR valve not receiving ECM PWM signal
Fault Overview
Fault sets when a failure of the PWM duty cycle signal from Engine Control Module (ECM) to Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve controller.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 399 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGR connector disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1101
Figure 400 Test 2 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGR connector disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4948 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Short circuit to PWR in EGRVC circuit between
EGR pin-2 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-71.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
No: Go to Test 3.
1102 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 401 Test 3 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGR connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4948 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Short circuit to PWR in EGRVC circuit between
EGR pin-2 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-71.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1103
Figure 402 Test 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector % Duty Cycle
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGR connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure % duty cycle between Breakout Duty cycle 5 to 95%
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is duty cycle between 5 and 95%? Yes: Replace EGR valve. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
No: Repair Open circuit to PWR in EGRVC circuit between
EGR pin-2 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-71.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
1104 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 403 Test 5 ACT PWR relay connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR relay connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4674 pin-87 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Short circuit to PWR in ACT PWR relay circuit
between ACT PWR pin-87 and EGR pin-4. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
No: Go to Test 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1105
Figure 404 Test 6 ACT PWR relay connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR relay connector disconnected.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4674 pin-85 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Short circuit to GND in ACT PWR relay circuit
between ACT PWR pin-85 and Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin E-70. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 8.
No: Replace ACT PWR relay. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791 FMI 8.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects seated Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
position has increased by 2 mm during a single drive cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Fault
None
Fault Facts
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve seat position is recorded during initial Key OFF.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not
functioning properly when initialized.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Fault
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 14.
Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2271). Yes: Replace EGR valve.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2791 FMI
14.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
SPN 4752 FMI 4 - EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temp above expected
Fault Overview
Fault sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines the EGR outlet temperature is above normal
operating range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 0 and 18 • SPN 110 FMI 15 and 16 • SPN 111 FMI 1 and 2 • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS)
(ECT1) (EWPS) (EWPS)
• SPN 2630 FMI 16
(CACOT)
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EGR valve and connector for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EGR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4752 FMI 4.
Step 4 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for leaks. Decision
Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for any external coolant or exhaust gas Yes: Go to Step 5.
leaks.
Ensure MAF calibration requirements are met and MAF calibration pre-checks are done
before doing this procedure.
Overview
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
exhaust gas temperature.
1116 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects difference between estimated Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
and actual EGT is greater than 437°F (225°C) for 25.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
ECM estimates EGT based on engine speed and torque, engine coolant temperature, and barometric pressure.
C. Check EGT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1120 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor exhaust 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -12.2°C)
gas temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace EGT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1121
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor exhaust 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -12.2°C)
gas temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 1020.7 ± 10°F (549.3 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between EGT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between EGT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-50. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 173 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is above maximum
threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor for damage. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Pin-Point Tests
(SPN 173 FMI 3) .
B. Disconnect EGT sensor connector.
C. Inspect EGT connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals, loose,
bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1125
Figure 410 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 6 volts
ZTSE4946 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6.0 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between EGT pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-50. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1126 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
Test 2 Specification
With exhaust temperature greater than 437°F (225°C), SPN 173 FMI 4 sets after DTC list is cleared
use EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear Diagnostic
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace EGT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1127
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave EGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to known good ground.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
1128 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Specification
With exhaust temperature greater than 437°F (225°C), use SPN 174 FMI 4 sets after DTC list is cleared
EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to clear DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between EGT pin-1 and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between EGT pin-2 and ECM pin E-50.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 173 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is below minimum
allowable threshold for a predetermined amount of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Inspect EGT connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals, loose,
bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1131
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 173 FMI 3 sets after DTC list is cleared
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 175 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace EGT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 173 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between EGT pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-50. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 173 FMI 4.
Engine
Overview of Engine Sensor
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is greater than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for airborne combustibles (such as propane saturated air or ether) Decision
near engine.
Inspect air filter and intake system for stains, concentrations of contaminants, odors / Yes: Go to Step 3.
smells from external fuel sources, and modifications.
Is engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources? No: Repair source of
airborne combustibles. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 188 FMI 0.
Step 4 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than diesel fuel). Decision
Perform Fuel Quality Inspection(page 2350). Yes: Diagnostics complete.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank, and fill
with clean and / or known
good diesel fuel. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 188 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is less than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 (INJ) • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI 31 • SPN 5395 FMI 1 (EWPS)
(ENG)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check intake air system for restrictions, leaks, or damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection(page 2365). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, physical damage, and No: Repair restrictions, air
contamination? leaks, or physical damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 188 FMI 1
Step 5 Check that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is within specification. Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, Key-On Yes: Go to Step 6.
Engine-Running (KOER) monitor FDP sensor.
Is FDP within specification? No: Go to Fuel Delivery
Pressure(page 120)
symptoms diagnostics.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 188 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1137
Step 6 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision
(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test. Yes: Repair base engine
compression imbalance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 188 FMI 1.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Decision
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), monitor PTO output shaft rotation. Yes: Repair PTO unit. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 188 FMI 1.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without being commanded on? No: Go to Step 8.
B. Inspect for bent valves, fallen bridges, and valves out of adjustment.
Is valve train free of failed valve train components? No: Repair failed valve train
components. After repairs
are complete retest for SPN
188 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1139
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1141
SPN 5395 FMI 0 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is greater than 199 mg/stroke for 60
seconds or more.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 (INJ) • SPN 4257 (INJ) • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI 31
(Engine)
Fault Facts
None
Is intake air restriction less than 25 in-Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and at rated speed?
No: Repair intake air
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 0.
Step 6 Check for correctly programmed Power Take Off (PTO). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Programmable Yes: Go to Step 7.
Features PP75270(page 2108). Verify aftermarket PTO system was programed correctly.
Step 7 Decision
Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Key ON Engine Running Yes: Repair PTO unit. After
(KOER), monitor PTO output shaft rotation. repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 5395 FMI 0.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without throttle?
No: Retest for SPN 5395
FMI 0.
SPN 5395 FMI 1 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is less than 1 mg/stroke for 60 seconds
or more.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 (INJ) • SPN 4257 (INJ) • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI 31
(Engine)
Fault Facts
None
Is the engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources?
No: Repair source of
combustibles. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5395 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1152 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating engine
oil pressure. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOP signal to determine if oil pressure is satisfactory.
If oil pressure is below desired pressure, ECM will turn on red engine lamp.
An optional feature, Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS), can be enabled to warn engine operator
and shut engine down when low engine oil pressure condition occurs.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1153
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Does EST DTC list show SPN 100 FMI 3 as Active or Pending?
Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI 3.
C. Check EOP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EOP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1156 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 417 Test 1 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4850 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts. Yes: Replace EOP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between EOP sensor pin-1 and Engine
Control Module (ECM) pin E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 100 FMI 3
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal is out of range
low.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EOP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EOP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
100 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1159
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 volts ± 1 volt
ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 volts ± 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between EOP pin-2 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 100 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1161
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 100 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 100 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace EOP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 100 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3
1162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3509 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair short to GND between EOP pin-3 and ECM pin
E-13. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 100 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between EOP pin-3 and ECM pin E-13.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 100 FMI 4.
Overview
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine oil temperature. ECM monitors EOT signal to control fuel quantity and timing throughout operating range
of engine. EOT signal allows ECM to compensate for oil viscosity variations due to temperature changes in
operating environment, ensuring adequate power and torque are available for all operating conditions.
1164 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor to Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT), Intake Air
Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet
Temperature (CACOT), and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors at Key-On after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1168 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace EOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1169
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between EOT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
175 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between EOT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-66. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be careful to avoid rotating parts (belts and fan)
and hot engine surfaces.
1172 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
C. Check EOT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are EOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal damage.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1173
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• 180-pin Breakout Box
1174 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 427 Test 1 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector and
leave EOT sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 6 volts
ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair EOT circuit for a short to power. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1175
Figure 428 Test 2 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector and leave
EOT sensor disconnected. Use Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to short pin-1 to pin-2.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ None
software, clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Is fault code SPN 175 FMI 4 active or pending? Yes: Replace sensor. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 175 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1176 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector and short
pin-2 to ground.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ None
software, clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Is fault code SPN 175 FMI 4 active or pending? Yes: Repair open in signal ground circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
No: Repair open in signal circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) signal is lower than
expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Does EST DTC list show SPN 175 FMI 4 as active or pending?
No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
C. Inspect EOT sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wire;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the EOT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair or Replace
connector or pins. After
repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1179
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
1180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor to Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT), Intake Air
Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet
Temperature (CACOT), and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors at Key-On after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1184 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1185
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit between
EOT pin-1 and ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.
No: Repair high resistance in EOT circuit between EOT
pin-2 and ECM pin E-66. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 7.
1186 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout See Engine Specifications for EOT sensor(page 2405).
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance within specification? Yes: Replace oil system module thermal valve assembly.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.
No: Replace EOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 7.
Overview
Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) is used to control air/fuel mixture during a regeneration process of
Aftertreatment (AFT) system. ETP is also used to insure smooth engine shutdown by restricting airflow to
engine at shutdown.
1188 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) signal is
greater than 4.902 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
C. Check ETP connector and terminals for damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; or loose, bent, or broken connector housing.
Step 4 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Repair short to PWR
between ETP pin-5 and
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector and leave ETP
Engine Control Module
disconnected.
(ECM) pin-68. After repairs
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page are completed, retest for
2124). SPN 51 FMI 3.
D. Key ON.
E. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) circuit
reading is less than 0.352 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests .
B. Disconnect ETP connector.
C. Check ETP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1195
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness connector
and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Voltage is 5 ± 1 volts
ZTSE4735A pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 1 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between ETP pin-1 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 4.
1196 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 438 Test 2 Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness connector
and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 51 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 51 FMI 3 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Replace ETP. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1197
Figure 439 Pin-Point Test 3 Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness connector
and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3509 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC is cleared? Yes: Repair short to GND between ETP pin-5 and ECM pin
E-43. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 51 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between ETP pin-5 and ECM pin E-43.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 51 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) senses a positive or negative error in Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor based
on actual throttle position minus throttle position set point after 25 seconds. ETP must be in closed loop control.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Vehicles that chronically experience this fault condition in cold weather may require use of winter fronts to help
with issue. Note that an open SRTN does NOT set a circuit fault (Type 2 error) and does set a mechanically
sticking fault (Type 1 error). The voltage is approximately constant 4 volts with an open SRTN.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1201
Figure 441 Test 1 Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle connector and leave Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP)
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4735 pin-3 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace ETP. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 51 FMI 7.
No: Repair Open / High resistance. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 51 FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Short circuit on Intake Throttle Actuator Control
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check ETC and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture in
terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 442 Test 1 Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short to GND between ETV pin-2 and ECM
pin-57, pin-75. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
3464 FMI 31.
1206 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 443 Test 2 Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short to GND between ETV pin-6 and ECM
pin-58 and pin-76. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1207
Figure 444 Test 3 Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair short to PWR between ETV pin-2 and ECM
pin-57 and pin-75. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
1208 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 445 Test 4 Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4735A pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Replace ETV. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
No: Repair short to PWR between ETV pin-6 and ECM
pin-58 and pin-76. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 3464 FMI 31.
Overview
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS), warns operator of conditions that can damage engine.
Standard Warning System is base system in which all engines are equipped. If one of these faults are detected,
Engine Control Module (ECM) illuminates red engine lamp and sets corresponding Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(DTC).
Following optional features to this base system provide added warning or protection.
Standard Warning
- No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning
3-way Warning
- No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning
• ECL - Low engine coolant level warning
3-way Protection
- Engine shutdown is available if critical condition is detected.
• ECT, EOP, ECL - Same as 3-way Warning
• ECT - Engine overheat critical protection
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1211
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Critical Pressure.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Warning Pressure.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above 240°F
(116°C). When temperature drops below 240°F (116°C), fault will become inactive.
For high altitude application, 15 psi (103 kPa) radiator cap, fault is set by ECM when ECT1 is above 246°F
(119°C). When temperature drops below 246°F (119°C), fault will become inactive.
Lamp Reaction
Engine shutdown is commanded and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System Detects Engine Coolant Temperature has risen above
a Critical set point. Fault may be caused by actual high coolant temperature or by a fault in engine coolant
temperature sensor circuits.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant temperature at Engine
Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above Programmable Parameter (PP) 77011.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp and Warning buzzer turned ON.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault may be set by incorrect value in Programmable parameters in ServiceMaxx™ software.
Step 1 Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Trouble Yes: Go to Step 2.
Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1219).
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECT1 signal is stuck in range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
has risen above a critical set point. Fault may be caused by actual high coolant temperature or by a fault in
ECT1 sensor circuit.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor signal detects
that coolant level is below minimum level
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Is Coolant level low, is there evidence of coolant loss, or does operator complain of
coolant leaks or consumption?
No: Perform Coolant Loss
Symptom Diagnostics (page
89).
C. Check ECT1 sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are the ECT1 sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
111 FMI 1.
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 1.
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 1.
1226 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N13 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000009301 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1227
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
This fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is above 261°F (127°C).
ECM illuminates red lamp (OWL). When temperature drops below 261°F (127°C) SPN/FMI will become inactive.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) has
risen above a desired set point. Fault may be caused by actual high oil temperature or by a fault in EOT sensor
circuit.
C. Check EOT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1233
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1234 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor engine 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)
oil temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 194 ± 10°F (90 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Repair high resistance in SIG GND circuit between
EOT pin-1 and ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 15.
No: Repair high resistance in EOT circuit between EOT
pin-2 and ECM pin E-66. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1235
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout See Engine Specifications for EOT sensor(page 2405).
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance within specification? Yes: Replace oil system module thermal valve assembly.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 175 FMI 15.
No: Replace EOT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault sets only when a vehicle is stationary and engine speed reaches 2600 rpm with no fuel being requested by
Engine Control Module (ECM). Once conditions are met, ECM will initiate a protection strategy. Engine Throttle
Valve (ETV) and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed and fuel injectors disabled. Fuel Pressure
Control Valve (FPCV) will open to relieve fuel rail pressure in case of injector tip damage. A full engine analysis
needs to be completed to assess damage from excessive engine speed before engine can be started.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
SPN 190 FMI 0 is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when engine rpm has exceeded 3,200 rpm.
Step 5 Check if engine RPM is less than 3,200 rpm but greater than 2,600 rpm. Decision
Drop oil pan and inspect for block/liner damage. Yes: Repair or replace
engine. Warranty policy
applies. After repairs are
Is there damage to block or liner?
complete, retest for SPN
190 FMI 0.
No: Replace injectors,
turbocharger cartridge,
water pump, and clean
Charge Air Cooler (CAC).
Go to Step 6.
1238 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. Vehicle
owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.
Engine Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) for California ESS Compliant Engines
Navistar® engines certified for sale in state of California (CA) conform to mandatory California Air Resources
Board (CARB) Engine Shutdown System (ESS) regulations. Prior function of IST is available on CA ESS-exempt
and federally-certified engines (school buses, emergency, and military vehicles).
Engine idle duration is limited for ESS-compliant engines as follows:
• When vehicle parking brake is set, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 5 minutes.
• When vehicle parking brake is released, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 15 minutes.
Duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming customer IST programmable parameter
to value lower than 15 minutes. Adjusting this parameter reduces overall system shutdown time as follows:
• Adjusting parameter value between 5 and 15 minutes reduces idle shutdown time with vehicle parking brake
released. Default value of 5 minutes for vehicle parking brake set condition remains unaffected.
• Adjusting parameter value between 2 and 5 minutes reduces idle time for both vehicle parking brake released
and set conditions.
While IST is installed, idle shutdown time is factory-defaulted to 60 minutes and cannot be adjusted. If IST is
enabled, Cold Ambient Protection (CAP) will not function.
CARB IST feature is factory-programmed. Customers cannot turn IST off for ESS-compliant engines.
1240 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Additional operation options enable conditions depending on selected Federal IST operation mode:
Federal IST Mode 1: PTO Operation Option Enable Conditions
• Power Takeoff (PTO) control is in Off or Standby mode.
• Engine speed less than 750 rpm.
• Accelerator pedal position is less than 2%.
• No active accelerator pedal diagnostic faults.
• Steady brake pedal state (No transition detected).
• No active brake system diagnostic faults.
Federal IST Mode 2: No Load / Light Load Limit Option Enable Conditions
• Accelerator pedal position is less than 2%.
• No active accelerator pedal diagnostic faults.
• Steady brake pedal state (no transition detected).
• No active brake system diagnostic faults.
• Engine reported fuel usage (load) is less than Engine Control Module (ECM)-specified limit
(factory-calibrated, not customer adjustable).
Federal IST Mode 3: Tamper Proof Option Enable Conditions
• Engine reported fuel usage (load) is less than Engine Control Module (ECM)-specified limit
(factory-calibrated, not customer adjustable).
• Steady accelerator pedal position (no transition detected from any pre-set position).
• Steady brake pedal state (no transition detected from any pre-set state).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects change engine oil service interval is erratic,
intermittent, or incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses and avoid moving components
such as fans, pulleys, and belts when taking an engine oil sample.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not extend recommended oil change intervals.
Step 1 Decision
Change engine oil and oil filter (see Engine Oil and Filter in Reset the change engine oil service interval counter.
Section 5 of Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits for an extended period of time. Torque output of engine will be reduced
as soot load increases. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) Active.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ / CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 3480 (AFT: FP1) • SPN 3482 (AFT: FEC)
(DPFIT) (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
(DOCIT)
Fault Facts
This fault code indicates exhaust temperatures exiting turbocharger are Not high enough. Repeated occurrences
of this fault code may indicate engine requires frequent regeneration of aftertreatment system. To passively
regenerate aftertreatment system, operate engine under higher load and higher rpm.
Is EST DTC list free of SPN 94, SPN 102, SPN 157, SPN 651-656, and SPN 5541?
No: Repair SPN 94,
SPN 102, SPN 157,
SPN 651-656, and SPN
5541. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 0.
Does DPF Filter Regeneration procedure run without any active Inhibitors?
No: Correct active regen
inhibitors. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
Step 4 Inspect connections at DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / outlet pressure Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF Yes: Go to Step 5.
Check DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DPFDP / outlet pressure sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1245
Step 6 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect the DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or damage. Yes: Replace DPF
Differential Pressure
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted?
/ Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
Step 7 Determine if engine has mechanical cylinder balance problem (compression Decision
loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test. Yes: Repair base
engine compression
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure?
imbalance. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 0.
No: Go to Step 8.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than the others?
No: Go to Step 10.
Step 10 Determine if vehicle has an engine performance related driveability problem. Decision
Test drive the vehicle. Yes: Perform Engine
Running, Engine Under
Does engine have a performance problem?
Load Symptoms(page
36). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3936 FMI 0.
No: Retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Overview
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine fuel pressure. During engine operation, if pressure is not satisfactory, ECM will turn on amber FUEL
lamp to alert operator when fuel filter needs servicing.
FDP sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even though fuel pressure normally
operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1248 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.912 volts (152 psi {1049
kPa}) for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 94 FMI 3.
C. Check FDP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are FDP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1251
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 94 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 94 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair short to PWR between FDP pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1253
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave FDP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 12 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4850 pin-1 and PWR
Decision
Is voltage 12 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace FDP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between FDP pin-1 and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 94 FMI 3.
≥ 10 seconds
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is less than 0.093 volts for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check FDP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are FDP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
94 FMI 4.
1256 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1257
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 1 volts
ZTSE4850 pin-2 and GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 1 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between FDP pin-2 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 94 FMI 4
1258 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 457 Test 2 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 94 FMI 3 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 94 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace FDP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1259
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
1260 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3509 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set in DTC list? Yes: Repair short to ground between FDP pin-3 and ECM
pin E-32. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 94
FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between FDP pin-3 and ECM pin E-32.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 94 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Wrench lamp will illuminate when this fault is active.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 1 (EFP) • SPN 94 FMI 18 (FDP) • SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP)
Fault Facts
Fault is normally caused by fuel filter needing to be changed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 45 psi for 8 seconds while engine is cranking.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault may set due to fuel gelling, low fuel level, or recent engine service.
Drive Cycles
Engine Cranking
Possible Causes
• Recent fuel system service that required priming
• Diesel fuel waxing or icing in cold temperatures
• Low fuel level in either fuel tank
• Vehicle unused for long period of time
• Unseated fuel filter that causes fuel to drain back to tank
• High resistance in fuel pump circuits
• High resistance in FP GND circuit
• Stuck Open fuel pressure regulator
• Damaged fuel filter
• Completely plugged strainer
• Failed fuel pump
1264 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Fuel level is broadcast on J1939 public Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. This signal is sent from Body
Controller (BC) which is where fuel level signal is received. If BC is not located on J1939 many other CAN
networks may be affected.
1266 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects high signal voltage on fuel level sensor circuit for more than one
second.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Body Controller detects low signal voltage from the fuel level sensor circuit for more
than one second.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit short to GND
• Failed fuel level sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1269
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects no fuel level signal message.
Lamp Reaction
None.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Overview
Intake Air Heater (IAH) system warms incoming air supply prior to cranking to aid cold engine starting during
warm-up. IAH system also helps load engine during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1273
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ATIC chip that drives Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay indicates relay is shorted to battery.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect IAHC relay.
C. Check IAHC relay and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IAHC relay connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1275
Figure 459 Test 1 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave IAHC relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 0.5 volts.
ZTSE6025 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace IAHC Relay. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 729 FMI 3.
No: Repair short to PWR between ECM pin E-59 and
IAHC Relay pin-2. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1279
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Heater (IAHC) Driver Relay is Open Circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Check IAHC Relay and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IAHC Relay connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1281
Figure 461 Test 1 Intake Air Heater (IAHC) Relay Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater (IAHC) Relay
disconnected
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms.
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between IAH relay pin-2 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 729 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1283
Figure 462 Test 2 Intake Air Heater (IAHC) Relay Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater (IAHC) Relay
disconnected
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 200 ± 100 ohms.
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance 200 ± 100 ohms? Yes: Repair Open between IAH relay pin-2 and ECM pin
E-59. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 729 FMI 5.
No: Replace IAH relay. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 5.
SPN 729 FMI 18 - IAH Monitor fault: Lack of Heat in the Intake Manifold
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1286 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM), indicating
injection control pressure. ECM monitors ICP as engine is operating, to modulate Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR). This is a closed loop function in which ECM continuously monitors and adjusts for ideal ICP determined
by conditions such as load, speed, and temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1287
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor is offset during
check at Key OFF condition.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) is lower than 3.5 MPa while engine is cranking for 2.5
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Must perform Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) procedure Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset (page 2117)in
ServiceMaxx™ after repairs are complete. Make sure to remove and clean the High-Pressure (HP) oil rail and
HP oil hose and fittings to remove contamination or debris if High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) is replaced due
to pump failure.
Does EST DTC show fault code SPN 164 FMI 1 as Active or Pending?
No: Go to Intermittent or
Inactive Fault Diagnostic
Procedure (page 2123).
When repairs are complete, perform the Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset (page
2117)procedure.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) signal greater than
4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Locking tabs on Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor connector fully seated.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Step 4 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) under valve connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests Test 5.
B. Disconnect UVC valve harness connector.
D. Check UVC harness connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are UVC harness connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1293
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 465 Test 1 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 5.5 volts
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between UVC pin-6 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1295
Figure 466 Test 2 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair Open between UVC pin-8 and ECM pin D-13.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
1296 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 467 Test 3 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness
disconnected.
C. Using breakout harness ZTSE4498, short pin-6 and pin-7 of breakout harness ZTSE4793 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124)
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Trouble SPN 164 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 164 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared Yes: Go to step based Step 4.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1297
Figure 468 Test 4 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124)
Test 4 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Trouble SPN 164 FMI 4
Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 164 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between UVC pin-7 and ECM pin D-14.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between UVC pin-6 and ECM pin D-15.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
1298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 469 Test 5 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
disconnected.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Step 6.
No: Replace UVC harness. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1299
Figure 470 Test 6 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
disconnected.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Go to Step 8.
No: Replace UVC harness. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
1300 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 471 Test 7 Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
disconnected.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and Breakout Harness
ZTSE4686 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Replace ICP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
No: Replace UVC harness. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor signal is less than 0.1 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness connector for ICP Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. No: Perform Pin-Point Test
.
B. Disconnect UVC harness connector for ICP.
C. Check UVC harness and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are UVC harness connector for ICP and connector terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
164 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1303
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 (UVC)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1304 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
• Key OFF.
• Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP sensor connector and leave disconnected.
• Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Disconnect UVC harness connector for ICP, use EST with SPN 164 FMI 4
ServiceMaxx™ software to monitor Diagnostic Trouble
Code (DTC) list for SPN 164 FMI 4.
Decision
Is fault code SPN 164 FMI 4 active? Yes: Correct short to GND between UVC vehicle harness
for ICP pin-6 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-15.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1305
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness connector that leads under valve cover and
leave vehicle harness disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance of between Breakout 0 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good ground.
Decision
Is resistance approximately 0 ohms? Yes: Repair short to GND between UVC vehicle harness
for ICP pin-6 and Engine Control Module (ECM) pin D-15.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 164 FMI 4.
No: Replace ICP sensor. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 164 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
TBD
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(ICP) (IPR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for high-pressure oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included high-pressure oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel Pressure
Were high-pressure oil system repairs recently performed?
Adaptation Reset (page
2117).
No: Go to Step 3.
Step 4 Test High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) IPR electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2227) Test. Yes: Repair IPR circuit.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 15.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit?
No: Go to Step 5.
Key ON
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(ICP) (IPR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if the vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform the Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel Pressure
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed?
Adaptation Reset (page
2117) procedure.
No: Go to Step 3.
Step 5 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP)(page Yes: Repair IPR circuit.
2227) Test. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 16.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit?
No: Go to Step 6.
1312 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(ICP) (IPR)
Fault Facts
None
Key ON
Fault Overview
TBD
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel Pressure
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed?
Adaptation Reset (page
2117).
No: Go to Step 3.
Step 4 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2227) Test. Yes: Repair IPR circuit.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI 18.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve electrical circuit?
No: Go to Step 5.
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) uses Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor signal to assist in calculation of
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) percentage. ECM monitors IMP signal to determine intake manifold (boost)
pressure. From this information, CM can optimize fuel rate and injection timing for all engine operating conditions.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when absolute pressure difference between Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) and Barometric Absolute
Pressure (BARO) and absolute pressure difference between IMP and Exhaust Gas Pressure (EGP) absolute
pressure difference between EGP and BARO are greater than 4.4 psi (30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate
Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
IMP sensor cannot be compared to other similar sensors in SMX, because Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
values cannot be negative, and IMP value is in gauge units.
1324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is greater than 4.8 volts (89 psi {613.3 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 3.
1328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1329
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 102 FMI 3 sets in DTC list
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 102 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair short to power between IMP pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 102 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1330 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+
ZTSE4850 and B+.
Decision
Is voltage B+? Yes: Replace IMP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between IMP sensor pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 102 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) voltage is less than 0.1899 volts (4 psi {31 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
C. Check IMP sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1333
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1334 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 477 Test 1 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 1 volts
ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 1 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2
No: Repair Open between IMP pin-2 and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin E-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 102 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1335
Figure 478 Test 2 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 102 FMI 3 sets in DTC list
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 102 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace IMP sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 102 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 3.
1336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 479 Test 3 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 3509 FMI 4 sets in DTC list.
Decision
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Short to ground between IMP pin-3 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 102 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between IMP pin-3 and ECM pin E-48.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 102 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1340 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1343
AND maximum value of rate based End Of Line Testing NOT Active
threshold counter {Counter rate
[Engine Brake (Retarder) NOT active
is dependent on Intake Manifold
Pressure deviation from Threshold}] AND minimum wait time after retarder
> 64000 hPa * seconds change of state has occurred] > 5 seconds
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
1344 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1346 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
AND {Moving Mean average of Power Take Off Mode NOT Active
measured Engine Intake Air Mass
End Of Line Testing NOT Active
Flow rate MINUS Modeled value of
Engine Intake Air Mass Flow rate > [Engine Brake (Retarder) NOT active
Threshold defined by Speed/Torque
AND minimum wait time after retarder
based table [Table A108] * Ambient
change of state has occurred] > 5 seconds
pressure modifier table [Table
A109] * Engine coolant temperature Engine Torque limitation NOT Active
modifier table [Table A110]
Engine is NOT coasting (i.e. Throttle
for time}] ≥ 25 seconds Cut OFF mode)
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1349
Overview
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
manifold air temperature. ECM controls Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system based on air temperature in
intake manifold. This aids in cold engine starting and warm-ups, and also reduces exhaust emissions.
1350 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2
Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at initial Key-On after an 8-hour cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check IMT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1353
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor intake 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
manifold temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace IMT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1354 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor intake 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)
manifold temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 302 ± 10°F (150 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between IMT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between IMT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-15. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 105 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is
greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check IMT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IMT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, and / or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1357
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness 3-Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1358 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Intake Manifold Temperature
(IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 6 volts
ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between IMT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-15. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1359
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 105 FMI 4 sets
Decision
Does SPN 105 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace IMT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1360 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 circuit to known good GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 105 FMI 4 sets.
Decision
Does SPN 105 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between IMT pin-1 and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between IMT pin-2 and ECM pin E-15.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 105 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is less
than 0.16 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check IMT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are IMT sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, and terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
105 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1363
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1364 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 105 FMI 3 sets in DTC list
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 105 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace IMT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 105 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND between IMT connector pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E1-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 105 FMI 4.
Overview
Injectors inject fuel into cylinders. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls timing and amount of fuel being
sprayed from each injector. ECM also controls Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to regulate fuel spray
pressure.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 1 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 493 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 1 Close and fuel
injector 1 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1371
Figure 494 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 495 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 1 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1373
Figure 496 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 1 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
1374 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 497 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 1 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1375
Figure 498 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 1 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 1 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 2 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 499 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 2 Close and fuel
injector 2 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 4.
1380 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 500 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1381
Figure 501 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 2 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
1382 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 502 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 2 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1383
Figure 503 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 2 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
1384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 504 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 2 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 2 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 3 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 505 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 3 Close and fuel
injector 3 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1389
Figure 506 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1390 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 507 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 3 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1391
Figure 508 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 3 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
1392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 509 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 3 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1393
Figure 510 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 3 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 3 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 4 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 511 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 4 Close and fuel
injector 4 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 4.
1398 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 512 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1399
Figure 513 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 4 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
1400 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 514 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 4 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1401
Figure 515 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 4 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
1402 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 516 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 4 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 4 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 5 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 517 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 4 Close and fuel
injector 4 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1407
Figure 518 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 519 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 5 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1409
Figure 520 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 5 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
1410 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 521 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 5 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1411
Figure 522 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 5 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 5 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 6 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 523 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 6 Close and fuel
injector 6 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 4.
1416 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 524 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1417
Figure 525 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 6 Open circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
1418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 526 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 6 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1419
Figure 527 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 6 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
1420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 528 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 6 Open L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 6 Open H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 1 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 529 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1425
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.
1426 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 1 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1427
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and fuel injector 1 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 2 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 530 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1433
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.
1434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 2 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1435
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and fuel injector 2 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 3 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 531 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1441
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 3 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 4.
1442 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and fuel injector 3 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 4 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 532 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1447
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
1448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 4 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1449
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and fuel injector 4 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 5 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 533 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1454 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1455
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 5 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 4.
1456 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and fuel injector 4 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 6 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 534 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1461
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1462 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1463
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 6 pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 4.
1464 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and fuel injector 6 pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Open H or Open L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Open L circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.
SPN 651 - 656 FMI 7 - Injector 1 (through 6) Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority Reached
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines fuel injector spool motion compensation has
reached its maximum allowable time limit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™
software identifies cylinder in which the injector is installed.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1471
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 535 Test 1 Injector 1 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1476 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 536 Test 2 Injector 1 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1477
Figure 537 Test 3 Injector 1 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 538 Test 4 Injector 1 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1479
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1480 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1481
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1482 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 1 and leave Injector 1 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 1 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1483
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 1 and leave Injector 1 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 1 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1484 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 1 and leave Injector 1 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 1 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1485
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 652 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1487
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 542 Test 1 Injector 2 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 543 Test 2 Injector 2 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1493
Figure 544 Test 3 Injector 2 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 545 Test 4 Injector 2 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1495
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1497
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 2 and leave Injector 2 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 2 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1499
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 2 and leave Injector 2 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 2 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1500 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 2 and leave Injector 2 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 2 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1503
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 549 Test 1 Injector 3 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1508 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 550 Test 2 Injector 3 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1509
Figure 551 Test 3 Injector 3 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1510 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 552 Test 4 Injector 3 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1511
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1512 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1513
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1514 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 3 and leave Injector 3 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 3 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1515
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 3 and leave Injector 3 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 3 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1516 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 3 and leave Injector 3 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 3 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 654 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1519
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 556 Test 1 Injector 4 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 557 Test 2 Injector 4 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1525
Figure 558 Test 3 Injector 4 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 559 Test 4 Injector 4 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1527
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1529
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 4 and leave Injector 4 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 4 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1531
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 4 and leave Injector 4 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 4 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1532 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 4 and leave Injector 4 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 4 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 655 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1535
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 563 Test 1 Injector 5 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1540 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 564 Test 2 Injector 5 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1541
Figure 565 Test 3 Injector 5 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1542 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 566 Test 4 Injector 5 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1543
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1545
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1546 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 5 and leave Injector 5 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 5 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1547
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 5 and leave Injector 5 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 5 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1548 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 5 and leave Injector 5 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 5 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 656 FMI 14.
Step 4 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, leaks, Decision
or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil residue. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFT: FI) valve for leaks
or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks,
and physical damage?
No: Repair restrictions,
air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI
14.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1551
Step 6 Decision
Check for oil and oil quality, including oil level check and aerated oil. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Due to the complexity of some of the codes, print out the CPA tool results for later use.
Step 12 Test for oil leaks under the valve cover. Decision
Using Leak Detection Pump Tool, test for oil leaking from or around ECB valve, center of oil Yes: Return vehicle to
rail to cylinder head, injector oil inlet adapters (puck), and ICP sensor. customer.
Figure 570 Test 1 Injector 6 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 2.
1556 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 571 Test 2 Injector 6 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1557
Figure 572 Test 3 Injector 6 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 4.
1558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 573 Test 4 Injector 6 Circuit Resistance Through Valve Cover Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check circuit for short to GND or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1559
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 6.
1560 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 7.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1561
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1 kiloohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 8.
1562 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 6 and leave Injector 6 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 6 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1563
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 6 and leave Injector 6 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 6 1.0 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Check for OPEN through injector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Test 10.
1564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Injector 6 and leave Injector 6 UVC harness disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM to measure resistance between Injector 6 Greater than 1 kiloohms
pin-3 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1 kiloohms? Yes: Check for cross-shorted circuits or injector coil for
internal short. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 14.
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 0 (Injectors 1, 2, and 3) Open or Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
B. Disconnect UVC 2
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 577 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1571
Figure 578 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1572 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 579 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1573
Figure 580 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1574 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 581 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1575
Figure 582 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6
1576 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 583 Test 7 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 8.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1577
Figure 584 Test 8 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 1 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 585 Test 9 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 10.
No: Go to Test 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1579
Figure 586 Test 10 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 1 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1580 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 587 Test 11 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 11 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 11 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 12.
No: Go to Test 13.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1581
Figure 588 Test 12 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 12 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 12 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 2 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 589 Test 13 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 13 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 13 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 14.
No: Go to Test 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1583
Figure 590 Test 14 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 14 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 14 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 2 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 591 Test 15 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 15 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 15 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 16.
No: Go to Test 17.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1585
Figure 592 Test 16 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 16 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 16 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 3 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1586 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 593 Test 17 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 17 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 17 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 18.
No: Go to Test 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1587
Figure 594 Test 18 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 18 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 18 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 3 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1588 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 595 Test 19 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 19 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 19 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 20.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 1 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-8. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1589
Figure 596 Test 20 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 20 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 20 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 21.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 1 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-7. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 597 Test 21 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 21 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 21 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 22.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 1 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-1. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1591
Figure 598 Test 22 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 22 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 22 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 23.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 1 pin-4 and
ECM Driver pin D-2. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 599 Test 23 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 23 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 23 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 24.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-12. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1593
Figure 600 Test 24 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 24 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 24 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 25.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-11. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1594 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 601 Test 25 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 25 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 25 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 26.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-5. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1595
Figure 602 Test 26 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 26 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 26 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 27.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-8 and
ECM Driver pin D-6. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1596 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 603 Test 27 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 27 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 27 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 28.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 3 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-10. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1597
Figure 604 Test 28 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 28 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 28 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 29.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 3 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-9. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1598 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 605 Test 29 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 29 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 29 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 30.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 3 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-3. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1599
Figure 606 Test 30 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 30 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 30 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 31.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 3 pin-4 and
ECM Driver pin D-4. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 607 Test 31 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 31 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 31 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 32.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 1 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-8. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1601
Figure 608 Test 32 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 32 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 32 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 33.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 1 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-7. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1602 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 609 Test 33 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 33 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 33 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 34.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 1 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-1. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1603
Figure 610 Test 34 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 34 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 34 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 35.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 1 pin-4 and
ECM Driver pin D-2. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1604 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 611 Test 35 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 35 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 35 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 36.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 2 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-12. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1605
Figure 612 Test 36 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 36 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 36 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 36.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-11. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 613 Test 37 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 37 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 37 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 38.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 2 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-5. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1607
Figure 614 Test 38 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 38 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 38 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 39.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 2 pin-8 and
ECM Driver pin D-6. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1608 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 615 Test 39 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 39 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 39 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 40.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 3 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-10. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1609
Figure 616 Test 40 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 40 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 40 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 41.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 3 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-9. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
1610 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 617 Test 41 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 41 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 41 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR between UVC connector 3 pin-4
and ECM Driver pin D-4. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2797 FMI 6.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 3 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-3. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 2797 FMI 6.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 1 (Injectors 4, 5, and 6) Open or Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Fuel injector 4 Open circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Close circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 4 Open circuit short to PWR
• Fuel injector 4 Close circuit short to PWR
• Fuel Injector 4 Open H shorted to Open L
• Fuel Injector 4 Close H shorted to Close L
• Fuel Injector 4 Close circuit shorted to Open circuit
• Failed Fuel Injector 4
• Fuel injector 5 Open circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Close circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 5 Open circuit short to PWR
• Fuel injector 5 Close circuit short to PWR
• Fuel Injector 5 Open H shorted to Open L
• Fuel Injector 5 Close H shorted to Close L
• Fuel Injector 5 Close circuit shorted to Open circuit
• Failed Fuel Injector 5
• Fuel injector 6 Open circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Close circuit short to GND
• Fuel injector 6 Open circuit short to PWR
• Fuel injector 6 Close circuit short to PWR
• Fuel Injector 6 Open H shorted to Open L
• Fuel Injector 6 Close H shorted to Close L
• Fuel Injector 6 Close circuit shorted to Open circuit
• Failed Fuel Injector 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1613
B. Disconnect UVC 3
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
C. Check UVC 4 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 618 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1617
Figure 619 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 620 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1619
Figure 621 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1620 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 622 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1621
Figure 623 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short between circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6
1622 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 624 Test 7 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 8.
No: Go to Test 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1623
Figure 625 Test 8 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 4 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 626 Test 9 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 10.
No: Go to Test 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1625
Figure 627 Test 10 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 4 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1626 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 628 Test 11 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 11 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 11 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 12.
No: Go to Test 13.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1627
Figure 629 Test 12 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 12 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 12 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 5 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1628 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 630 Test 13 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 13 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 13 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 14.
No: Go to Test 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1629
Figure 631 Test 14 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 14 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 14 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 5 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1630 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 632 Test 15 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 15 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 15 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 16.
No: Go to Test 17.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1631
Figure 633 Test 16 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 16 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 16 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 6 Close coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 8.
1632 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 634 Test 17 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 17 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 17 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 18.
No: Go to Test 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1633
Figure 635 Test 18 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 18 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 18 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in injector 6 Open coil circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 636 Test 19 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 19 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 19 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 20.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 4 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-36. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1635
Figure 637 Test 20 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 20 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 20 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 21.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 4 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1636 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 638 Test 21 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 21 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 21 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 22.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 4 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-29. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1637
Figure 639 Test 22 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 22 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 22 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 23.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 4 pin-8 and
ECM Driver pin D-30. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1638 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 640 Test 23 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 23 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 23 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 24.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 5 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-32. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1639
Figure 641 Test 24 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 24 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 24 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 25.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 5 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-31. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1640 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 642 Test 25 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 25 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 25 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 26.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 5 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-25. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1641
Figure 643 Test 26 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 26 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 26 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 27.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 5 pin-4 and
ECM Driver pin D-26. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1642 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 644 Test 27 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 27 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 27 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 28.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 6 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-34. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1643
Figure 645 Test 28 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 28 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 28 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 29.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 6 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-33. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 646 Test 29 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 29 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 29 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 30.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 6 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-27. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1645
Figure 647 Test 30 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 30 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 30 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 31.
No: Repair short to GND between Injector 6 pin-8 and
ECM Driver pin D-28. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 648 Test 31 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 31 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 31 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 32.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 4 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-36. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1647
Figure 649 Test 32 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 32 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 32 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 33.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 4 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-35. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1648 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 650 Test 33 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 33 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 33 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 34.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 4 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-29. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1649
Figure 651 Test 34 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 34 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 34 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 35.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 4 pin-8 and
ECM Driver pin D-30. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 652 Test 35 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 35 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 35 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 36.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 5 pin-1 and
ECM Driver pin D-32. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1651
Figure 653 Test 36 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 36 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 36 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 36.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 5 pin-2 and
ECM Driver pin D-31. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 654 Test 37 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 37 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 37 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 38.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 5 pin-3 and
ECM Driver pin D-25. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1653
Figure 655 Test 38 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 38 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 38 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 39.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 5 pin-4 and
ECM Driver pin D-26. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1654 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 656 Test 39 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 39 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 39 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 40.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 6 pin-5 and
ECM Driver pin D-34. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1655
Figure 657 Test 40 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 40 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 40 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 41.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 6 pin-6 and
ECM Driver pin D-33. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
1656 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 658 Test 41 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 41 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 41 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR between UVC connector 4 pin-4
and ECM Driver pin D-26. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
No: Repair short to PWR between Injector 6 pin-7 and
ECM Driver pin D-27. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 2798 FMI 6.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when fuel system Injection Pressure Control Valve adaptation value exceeds threshold values
immediately.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault can set if a high-pressure oil system repair was completed and the "Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset"
procedure was not performed.
Step 4 Inspect High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) reservoir to ensure there is enough Decision
fluid.
Check that reservoir has oil in it. Remove Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor for Yes: Reinstall EOT sensor
observation. and then go to Step 5.
Step 5 Check High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Decision
electrical circuit.
Inspect IPR valve electrical circuit by connecting Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Yes: Diagnose / repair
tool(page 2197) to engine and perform CPA HPOP test(page 2227). electrical circuit for the IPR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is there a detected issue with IPR valve electrical circuit?
3055 FMI 2.
No: Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Mechanically test Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve hydraulic circuit. Decision
Hydraulically block off IPR return path by connecting Cylinder Performance Analyzer Yes: Replace IPR valve
(CPA) tool(page 2197) to engine and use IPR Plug Tester(Figure 1148) to bring IPR valve and perform Key-On
hydraulic circuit under maximum pressure. Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel Pressure
Adaptation Reset(page
Is there a detected issue with IPR valve hydraulic circuit?
2117). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3055 FMI 2.
No: Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Perform dead head test of High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP). Decision
Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool(page 2197) to engine and use Yes: Go to Step 8.
Pressure Adapter Fitting and ICP Test Kit(Figure 1159) isolating hydraulic system from
HPOP to determine if it develops pressure when pump is dead headed.
NOTE: CPA tool has additional capabilities to determine HPOP failure modes, compared to
a simple pressure specification.
No: Proceed to Steps 9
through 12.
Is debris present?
No: Go to Step 10.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 1 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 659 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 1 Close and fuel
injector 1 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1665
Figure 660 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 661 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 1 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1667
Figure 662 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 1 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1668 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 663 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 1 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1669
Figure 664 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 1 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 1 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 2 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 2 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 665 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 2 Close and fuel
injector 2 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1674 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 666 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1675
Figure 667 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 2 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 668 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 2 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1677
Figure 669 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 2 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1678 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 670 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 2 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 2 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 3 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
C. Check UVC 3 and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture
in terminals; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Figure 671 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 3 Close and fuel
injector 3 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1683
Figure 672 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1684 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 673 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 3 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1685
Figure 674 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 3 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
1686 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 675 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 3 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1687
Figure 676 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 3 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 3 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 4 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 677 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 4 Close and fuel
injector 4 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
1692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 678 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1693
Figure 679 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 3 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
1694 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 680 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 4 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1695
Figure 681 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 4 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
1696 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 682 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 4 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 2 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 5 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 683 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 5 Close and fuel
injector 5 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1701
Figure 684 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1702 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 685 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 5 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1703
Figure 686 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 5 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1704 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 687 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 5 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1705
Figure 688 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 5 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 5 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 6 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 689 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-7.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair short between fuel injector 6 Close and fuel
injector 6 Open circuit. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
1710 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 690 Test 2 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1711
Figure 691 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair short in fuel injector 6 Close circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
1712 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 692 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 6 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1713
Figure 693 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair short to GND in fuel injector 6 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
1714 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 694 Test 6 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 1000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and PWR.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? Yes: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 6 Close L circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to PWR in fuel injector 6 Close H circuit.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 1 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 695 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1719
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
1720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 1 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 1. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1721
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 1 pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3659 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 2 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 696 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1726 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1727
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 2 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 2. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
1728 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 2 pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3660 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 3 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 697 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1733
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
1734 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 3 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 3. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1735
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 3 pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3661 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 4 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 698 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1740 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1741
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 4 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 4. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
1742 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 4 pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3662 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 5 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 699 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1747
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
1748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 5 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 5. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1749
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 5 pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3663 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Open circuit is detected on injector 6 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Figure 700 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout 1 ± 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and Engine Control Module (ECM). After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
No: Go to Test 2.
1754 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1 and pin 4.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between fuel injector 1 ± 0.5 ohms
pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1755
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 1.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 6 pin-1.
Decision
Is resistance less than 1.5 ohms? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Replace fuel injector 6. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
1756 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 4.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout < 0.5 ohms
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and fuel injector 6pin-4.
Decision
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open in Close H or Close L circuit between
UVC harness and ECM. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open in UVC harness Close H circuit. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3664 FMI 5.
SPN 4257 FMI 7 - Injector Coking Compensation Factor Reached Maximum Authority
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector coking compensation has reached
its maximum level. Cumulative coking compensation value estimated by injector coking compensation factor
accumulator model greater than 16%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Coking is buildup of deposits on the tip of the fuel injector.
Step 1 Decision
Remove fuel injectors. Inspect injectors for coking on tip of fuel injectors. Yes: Replace all
fuel injectors. Reset
programmable parameter
Are fuel injector tips coked?
for coking compensation.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI 7.
No: Retest for SPN 4257
FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is higher than expected more than 162°F (72°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
1760 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, 7 (ETP) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 (FDP) • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, 16,
and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4 (IMT) • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 132 (MAF)
(BARO) (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, 16, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and 4
and 18 (ICP) (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and 21
(TC2WC) (Engine) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and 5
(Engine) (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect intake air system for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2365). Yes: Go to step 4.
Did one or more cylinders have significant speed difference(s) than the others?
No: Retest for SPN 4257
FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is lower than expected more than 169°F (76°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1765
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, 7 (ETP) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 (FDP) • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, 16,
and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4 (IMT) • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 132 (MAF)
(BARO) (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, 16, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and 4
and 18 (ICP) (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and 21
(TC2WC) (Engine) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and 5
(Engine) (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Fuel restriction
• Degraded diesel fuel
• Failed Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• Failed fuel injector
1766 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Are fuel lines, fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel connections clean and Not
damaged?
No: Repair Fuel lines,
fuel strainer, and fuel
connections. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 18.
Overview
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve regulates oil pressure in high-pressure injection control pressure
system. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system intensifies fuel pressure in injectors. Engine Control Module
(ECM) uses ICP sensor to monitor system pressure and adjusts IPR valve duty cycle to match engine
requirements (starting, engine load, speed, and temperature).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
frequency is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one trip.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Test .
B. Disconnect IPR valve connector.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1772 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 703 Test 1 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
12-800-02 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between IPR valve pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-43. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 679 FMI 3.
No: Replace IPR valve. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) valve frequency
is less than 100 Hz.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Are IPR valve connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 679 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1775
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 705 Test 1 Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
12-800-02 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open between IPR valve pin-1 and Engine
Control Module (ECM) pin C-45. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 679 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1777
Figure 706 Test 2 Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave IPR valve disconnected.
C. KOEO.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness less than 0.5 volts
12-800-02 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace IPR valve. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
1778 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 707 Test 3 Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) Valve Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR)
valve disconnected.
C. KOEO.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
12-800-02 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to GND between IPR valve pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-43. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 679 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open circuit between IPR valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 679
FMI 4.
Overview
J1939 data link provides a communications link with all connecting modules. Electronic Service Tool (EST) uses
this network system to communicate with Engine Control Module (ECM).
1780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 639 FMI 14 - J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit)
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1782 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors air entering engine. MAF sensor also houses Air Intake
Temperature (AIT) sensor, which is used with MAF to calculate amount and density of incoming air. Engine
Control Module (ECM) uses this information to calculate correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
during engine operation.
SPN 132 FMI 0 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate High
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is high, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.
1784 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7,
(EGR) (MAF) 8, and 14 (EGR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or physical Decision
damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2365) and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection (page 2363).
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical
damage?
No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
Step 3 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or physical Decision
damage.
Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) and intake ducting for signs of water. Yes: Repair water leak
into MAF and intake
Are signs of water found in MAF or intake ducting?
ducting. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
No: Go to step 4.
Is EST DTC list free of SPN 2791 FMI 7 or SPN 2791 FMI 14?
No: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
1786 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 132 FMI 1 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Low
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is low, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
1788 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or physical Decision
damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2365). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical
damage?
No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.
Step 3 Inspect CAC system for restrictions, air leaks, or physical damage. Decision
Do Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Inspection (page 2363). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Test Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) for proper operation. Decision
Perform TC2WC Solenoid test(page 2263). Yes: Perform
KOER MAF sensor
Does wastegate operate properly?
calibrations(page
2268). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 1.
No: Repair TC2WC as
indicated by TC2WC
tests. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when engine Mass Air Flow (MAF) signal is out of range low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or physical Decision
damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection(page 2365) and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 2.
Inspection(page 2363).
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical
damage?
No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.
Step 3 Test Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control (TC2WC) for proper operation. Decision
Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Operational Test(page Yes: Perform
2259). KOER MAF Sensor
Calibrations(page 2268).
Does wastegate operate properly?
No: Repair TC2WC as
indicated by TC2WC
tests. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1793
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 10,000 ohms
Harness ZTSE4960 pin-C and known good GND.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Repair short to GND in MAF circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 4.
1794 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 132 FMI 11 - MAF Sensor Calibration – Insufficient number of data points
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects MAF sensor did not successfully complete an
auto-calibration routine.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
When MAF auto-calibration routine does not successfully complete, MAF sensor will need to be re-calibrated.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) has been reprogrammed and Mass Air Flow (MA)F sensor
needs to be re-calibrated.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Run MAF sensor calibration and check for fault code. Decision
Perform MAF Sensor Calibration (page 2268) and clear fault code. Cycle Yes: Replace MAF sensor.
ignition to Key OFF, then back to Key ON. After repairs are complete,
retest MAF sensor.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
See 2010 MaxxForce® DT, 9, and 10 Engines Diagnostic Manual 0000001624 for information on this fault code.
1800 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to PWR, short to GND, or an Open circuit in Mass
Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Are 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 31.
1802 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1803
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-D and pin-E.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Go to Test 2.
1804 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-D and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Repair ACT PWR circuit. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1805
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-3 and B+.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open in MAF GND circuit between 24-Pin
Engine to Chassis connector pin-3 and MAF pin-E. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
No: Repair open in MAF GND circuit between ECM pin
E-12 and 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector pin-3. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
1806 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-C and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace MAF. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 31.
No: Go to Test 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1807
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-D and pin-C.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Go to Test 7.
1808 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to GND in MAF circuit between ECM pin
E-67 and 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector pin-4. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
No: Repair short to GND in MAF circuit between 24-Pin
Engine to Chassis connector pin-4 and MAF pin-C. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1809
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-C and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 9.
No: Go to Test 8.
1810 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 8 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness 5 ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 5 ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open in MAF circuit between 24-Pin Engine to
Chassis connector pin-4 and MAF pin-C. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
No: Repair open in MAF circuit between ECM pin E-67 and
24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector pin-4. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1811
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 9 Specification
Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6020 pin-4 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR in MAF circuit between ECM pin
E-67 and 24-Pin Engine to Chassis connector pin-4. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
No: Repair short to PWR in MAF circuit between 24-Pin
Engine to Chassis connector pin-4 and MAF pin-C. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 132 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Intake Air Temperature
(IAT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 59°F (15°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1815
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-A and pin-B.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor intake 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -12.2°C)
air temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace IAT sensor. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 172 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-B and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor intake 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -12.2°C)
air temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 154 ± 10°F (67.8 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between IAT pin-A and
ECM pin C-29. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between EOT pin-B and ECM pin
C-37. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 172 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is
greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
IAT sensor is located inside the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor assembly.
Possible Causes
• IAT circuit Open
• IAT circuit shorted to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed IAT sensor
1818 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor connector for damage. Decision
A. Key-On Key-Off (KOEO. Yes: Perform Pin-Point Tests
.
B. Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
Figure 725 Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1820 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 726 Test 1 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness < 6 volts
ZTSE4960 pin-A and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between Engine Control Module
(ECM) pin C-29 and MAF pin-A. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1821
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A and pin B of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 172 FMI 4 sets after DTC list is cleared
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 172 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace MAF sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1822 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to known good ground.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC list. SPN 172 FMI 4 sets after DTC list is cleared
Decision
Does SPN 172 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between Engine Control Module (ECM)
pin C-37 and MAF pin-B. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 172 FMI 3.
No: Repair Open between ECM pin C-29 and MAF pin-A.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 172 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) senosr voltage signal is
less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
IAT sensor is located inside the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor assembly.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Diagnostic SPN 172 FMI 3 sets after DTC list is cleared
Trouble Code (DTC) list.
Decision
Does SPN 172 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace MAF sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 172 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to ground between MAF pin-A and
Engine Control Module (ECM) Pin C-29. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 172 FMI 4.
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) and Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensors
are smart device used to measure NOx emissions at intake of aftertreatment system and measure the NOx
emissions at outlet of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NOx In and NOx Out sensors perform
internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions back to ACM using J1939 data link. NOx In and NOx Out sensors
are permanently attached to NOx control module. They are serviced as a single component and can not be
replaced individually.
1828 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 730 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Location
1. NOx In module 2. NOx In sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1829
Figure 731 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Location
1. NOx Out module 2. NOx Out sensor
1830 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque is severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In sensor.
After repairs are complete,
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 4.
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor reading is invalid.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Are NOx In sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3216 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a mismatch between engine's electrical system
voltage and Nitrogen Oxide In (NOx In) sensor voltage rating.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect NOx In sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1835
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
• Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module
• Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module
• Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
• Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEF: TL and DEF: TT) sensor
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor module connector.
Are NOx In sensor module, connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1840 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 732 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1841
Figure 733 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1842 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 734 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In sensor B+ ± 0.5 volts
pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage at pin-1 B+ ± 0.5 volt? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx In
sensor pin-4 and GND. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
No: Repair Open or short to GND between NOx In sensor
connector pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1843
Figure 735 Test 3 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In sensor Greater than 1 volt
pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair Open or short to GND between NOx In sensor
connector pin-3 and ACM connector J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1844 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 736 Test 4 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature sensor Less than 4 volts
pin-3 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to PWR between NOx In sensor
connector pin-3 and ACM connector J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1845
Figure 737 Test 5 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature sensor Greater than 1 volt
pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair Open or short to GND between NOx In sensor
connector pin-2 and ACM connector J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1846 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 738 Test 6 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature sensor Less than 4 volts
pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short to PWR between NOx In sensor
connector pin-2 and ACM connector J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1847
Figure 739 Test 7 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector and vehicle harness.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between temperature Greater than 50 ohms
sensor pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? Yes: Replace NOx In sensor. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 3216 FMI 19.
No: Repair short between NOx In sensor connector pin-2
and pin-3. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 3216 FMI 19.
1848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is high compared to its modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Possible Causes
None
1850 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In sensor.
After repairs are complete,
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 20.
C. Check NOxIn sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 20.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is low compared to it's modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx In sensor.
After repairs are complete,
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
retest for SPN 3216 FMI 21.
C. Check NOx In sensor and connector terminals for damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3216 FMI 21.
SPN 3218 FMI 2 - NOxIN power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is above or below calibration adjustable threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Step 1 Inspect fuse(s), relay(s), and connections at Power Distribution Module (PDM). Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 2.
C. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition?
No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to step 3.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
Are connections tight and corrosion free, and is battery voltage at least 10
volts?
No: Clean battery terminals,
tighten loose connections,
and charge batteries as
needed. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1855
Figure 741 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1856 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 742 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In sensor B+ ± 0.5 volts
connector pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1857
Figure 743 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor harness
connector.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In sensor B+ ± 0.5 volts
connector pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage at pin-1 B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx
In sensor connector pin 4 and GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3218 FMI 2.
No: Repair Open or short to GND between NOx In sensor
connector pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3218 FMI 2.
1858 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
Test 3 Specification
Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration
(NOx In) sensor installed.
Decision
Is correct NOx In sensor installed? Yes: Replace NOx In sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3218 FMI 2.
No: Install correct NOx In sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3218 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor module is not reading zero, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or Yes: Go to Step 3.
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition?
No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI
2.
1862 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 3 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor module.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Pin-Point
Diagnostics.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor module.
Are NOx Out sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1863
Figure 745 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 746 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor circuit voltage check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volt
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volt? Yes: Replace NOx Out sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1865
Figure 747 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor circuit voltage check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volt
18-649-01 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volt? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and GND. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 2.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 3226 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides
Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor for 10 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for
limited period of time with fault code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be
limited after extended engine operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor. After repairs are
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor.
complete, perform the
C. Check NOx Out sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or SCR Maintenance Reset
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or Procedure (page 2170)
broken connector housing. and retest for SPN 3226
FMI 4.
Are NOx Out sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN
3226 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor signal is invalid for 300 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor voltage rating does not match engine's electrical system voltage.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step Check for correct Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module. Decision
1
Verify correct NOx Out sensor module is installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor module. After
Is correct NOx Out sensor module installed?
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI
13.
No: Install correct NOx
Out sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226 FMI
13.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC /
DPF temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, Ammonia Sensor Module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level / Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
Step Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor. Decision
1
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Pin-Point Tests
.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor.
Are NOx Out sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 19.
1874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 748 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 and Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1875
Figure 749 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1876 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 750 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and ground. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1877
Figure 751 Test 3 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 1 volt
18-648-01 pin-3 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-3 and ACM connector pin J2-14.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3226
FMI 19.
1878 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 752 Test 4 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-3 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to PWR between NOx Out sensor
connector pin-3 and ACM connector pin J2-14. After
repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1879
Figure 753 Test 5 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 1 volt
18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-2 and ACM connector pin J2-15.
After repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3226
FMI 19.
1880 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 754 Test 6 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Less than 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short to power between NOx Out sensor
connector pin-2 and ACM connector pin J2-15. After
repairs are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1881
Figure 755 Test 7 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Disconnect batteries.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness connector.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Greater than 50 ohms
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? Yes: Replace NOx Out sensor. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
No: Repair short between NOx Out sensor connector pin-2
and pin-3. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is high during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Verify proper installation of Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor.
Check NOx Out sensor retaining nut and NOx Out sensor retaining cap Yes: Go to Step 3.
screws for proper torque.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects reading from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is low during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Verify proper installation of Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor.
Check NOx Out sensor retaining nut and NOx Out sensor retaining cap Yes: Replace NOx Out
screws for proper torque. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is NOx Out sensor properly installed?
3226 FMI 21.
No: Properly install the NOx
Out sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3226 FMI 21.
SPN 3228 FMI 2 - NOxOUT power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is above or below a calibration adjustable threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition?
No: Secure or replace failed
fuse(s) or relay(s) to PDM
connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1889
Step 3 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Pin-Point Tests.
Are NOx Out sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
Step 4 Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor Decision
installed.
Check for incorrect NOx Out sensor installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
Is the correct NOx Out sensor installed?
3228 FMI 2.
No: Install correct NOx Out
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
1890 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 757 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1891
Figure 758 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between 18-649-01 pin-1 B+ ± 0.5 volts
and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1892 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 759 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx Out sensor B+ ± 0.5 volts
pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and ground. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 3228 FMI 2.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-1 and power. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3228 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx
In) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 9 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx In) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(NOx In) (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with the NOx In
sensor: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor; Nitrogen Oxides
Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor; Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor; Aftertreatment
Ammonia (NH3) sensor; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEF: TL and DEF: TT) sensor.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect NOx In sensor connector.
Are NOx In sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5024 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1895
Figure 760 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1896 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 761 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor module
harness connector.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Replace NOx In sensor module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5024 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1897
Figure 762 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor module
harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to switched ignition relay and leave disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Less than 5 ohms
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
pin-87.
Decision
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx
In sensor module pin-4 and ground. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5024 FMI 10.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx In
sensor module pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5024 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4360 FMI 2 (SCRIT) • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4
Out) Out) (SCROT)
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail or set a fault, suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits with the NOx Out
sensor module: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module;
Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module; Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module;
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEF:
TL and DEF: TT) sensor.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1899
Step 2 Inspect connections at Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect NOx Out sensor connector.
Are NOx Out sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5031 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1901
Figure 763 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1902 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 764 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module
harness connector.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace NOx In sensor module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5031 FMI 10.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1903
Figure 765 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module
harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-649-01 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx
Out sensor module pin-4 and ground. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5031 FMI 10.
No: Repair Open or high resistance between NOx Out
sensor module pin-1 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5031 FMI 10.
Overview
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) feature allows operator to set and maintain a constant engine speed
from outside vehicle cab. This feature may also be know as Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC). Control
over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on RAPP and select desired
engine speed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1905
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module monitors signals from SCR Intake Temperature
(SCRIT), and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensors, and communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited
period of time with this fault code active. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with fault active.
1908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 766 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1909
KEY ON
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors time for exhaust system to warm up, and time exceeds
threshold. Threshold time is a function of engine operation, altitude, coolant temperature, vehicle speed and
ambient temperature
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) reading is used as reference in determining pass / fail for this fault. Moving
vehicle from cold to warm ambient temperature may set this fault.
Step 3 Decision
Inspect engine for aftermarket block or coolant heater. Yes: Disconnect block or
coolant heater, retest for
SPN 3061 FMI 31.
Is aftermarket block or coolant heater installed?
No: Go to Step 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is less than expected. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218, SPN 3226 • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(NOx Out) (DEF: SP)
• SPN 3362 FMI 31 (DEF: • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 and • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
SP) (DEF: THC) 18 (DEF: AP) (DEF: L3HC)
• SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(DEF: L2HC) (DEF: SMH) (SCRIT) (SCROT)
• SPN 4377 (Ammonia) • SPN 4380 (Ammonia) • SPN 4382 (Ammonia) • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7
(DEF: DU)
• SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520668 (AFT system) • SPN 520669 (AFT system)
sensor module)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) lines and connections. Decision
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines and connections for: Yes: Go to step 4.
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and restrictions.
Are the DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF: DU lines and connections
in good condition and unrestricted?
No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4364 FMI 18.
Step 6 Verify correct Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU) operation. Decision
Using EST, perform (Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Yes: Replace Selective
Doser Pump Override Test(page 2165). Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) catalyst. After
repairs are complete,
Is DEF: DU operating correctly?
retest for SPN 4364 FMI
18.
No: Perform DEF Supply
Module Flush , using
18-200-01. If DEF: DU
still does not operate
correctly, replace DEF:
DU. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4364 FMI 18.
SPN 4792 FMI 7 - SCR Catalyst System - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion
across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected during one event, indicating a
malfunctioning SCR catalyst.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 4094 FMI 31 • SPN 4364 FMI 18 (low • SPN 4794 FMI 31 (missing
(contaminated or degraded NOx conversion) SCR catalyst)
DEF)
Fault Facts
This fault code is only used to assist in troubleshooting fault codes SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT system), SPN 4364
FMI 18 (AFT system), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT system). One of these associated fault codes being active
while SPN 4792 FMI 7 is active indicates the following conditions must be present: Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
uncontaminated and in good condition; Properly functioning DEF dosing system (no leaks, restrictions, or failed
components); No exhaust system leaks; Decomposition reactor tube free of DEF crystallization and deposits;
Properly installed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
Diagnostics for this fault code only runs during Electronic Service Tool (EST) Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
Regeneration procedure.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module, or wrong SCR temperature sensor module installed, after two
events. Active and parked regeneration of aftertreatment system is disabled, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve is closed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is critically low for 7 seconds. ACM compares Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor value, to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor value.
Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced
and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3, and
(SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
Fault Facts
None
1924 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is high for a period of 4.2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Are SCR sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 3.
1928 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 768 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Verify charging system is charging at specified voltage.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1929
Figure 769 Test 1 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between breakout harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace SCR temperature sensor module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 3.
No: Repair incorrect battery wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 3
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 4.2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Are SCR sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 4.
1932 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 770 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1933
Figure 771 Test 1 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-684-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace SCR temperature sensor module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 4.
No: Go to Test 2.
1934 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 772 Test 2 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-684-01 pin-4 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair Open or high resistance between SCR
temperature sensor module connector pin-1 and ground.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open or short to ground between SCR
temperature sensor module connector pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 4.
SPN 5743 FMI 11 - SCR Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module power reset events within a 300 second window is ≥ 5 counts. Active and
parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision
temperature sensor module heat shield.
Check for air flow restrictions around SCR temperature sensor module (mud, Yes: Go to Step 3.
aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed).
Is SCR temperature sensor module heat shield free of air restrictions and
is not missing or damaged?
No: Remove air restriction,
or replace or repair SCR
temperature sensor module
heat shield. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 11.
Are SCR temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1937
Figure 773 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 774 Test 1 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-4 and known good ground (wiggle if
necessary).
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair intermittent, open or short to ground in between
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module connector pin-4 and switched ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1939
Figure 775 Test 2 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4 (wiggle if necessary).
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace SCR temperature sensor module. After
repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743 FMI 11.
No: Repair intermittent open or short to power between
SCR temperature sensor module connector pin-1 and
ground. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 5743
FMI 11.
1940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 3.8 seconds. Active and parked regeneration is
disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module temperature drops
below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must
be used for both active and inactive fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked
exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision
temperature sensor module mounting.
Check for proper mounting of the SCR temperature sensor module. Also, Yes: Go to Step 3.
check for air flow restrictions surrounding the sensor module.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) data
link communications with Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module during two events.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx Out sensor module,
NOx In sensor module, and DEF: TL and DEF: TT sensor module.
Are SCR temperature sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and
undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1945
Figure 776 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 777 Test 1 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1947
Figure 778 Test 2 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
18-648-01 pin-4 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair open or high resistance between Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
pin-1 and ground. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
No: Repair open or short to ground between SCR
temperature sensor module connector pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After repairs are complete, perform
the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1948 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 779 Test 3 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 1 to 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-3 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 4.
No: Repair open or short to ground between Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
connector pin-3 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
connector J2-14. After repairs are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1949
Figure 780 Test 4 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 4 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 1 to 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-3 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 5.
No: Repair short to power between Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module connector
pin-3 and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector
J2-14. After repairs are complete, perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset Procedure (page 2170) and retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1950 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 781 Test 5 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 5 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 1 to 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? Yes: Go to Test 6.
No: Repair open or short to ground between Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module
connector pin-2 and ACM connector J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2170) and retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1951
Figure 782 Test 6 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage
Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 6 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 1 to 4 volts
18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4 volts? Yes: Go to Test 7.
No: Repair short to power between Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector J2-15. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1952 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 783 Test 7 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Resistance
Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
Test 7 Specification
Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Approximately 60 ohms
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and pin-3.
Decision
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? Yes: Replace Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module. After repairs are complete,
perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure (page
2170) and retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
No: Repair short between SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-2 and pin-3. After repairs are
complete, perform the SCR Maintenance Reset Procedure
(page 2170) and retest for SPN 5743 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1953
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst. SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that
communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCRIT sensor is
part of SCR temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.
Figure 784 Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1955
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor reading is greater than 1472°F (800°C) for more than 20 seconds. Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can possibly be shut down.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(CYL) 16 (DPFIT) 16 (DPFOT) (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision
module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Yes: Go to Step 6.
FEC). Perform KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Yes: Go to Step 7.
Test(page 2187).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has determined Selective Catalytic Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. Diesel
exhaust fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if the
engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFOT) (SCRIT) (SCROT) 11 (DPF)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1959
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or Open for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period
of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced if the engine is operated for an extended period of
time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) reading is greater than 1472°F (800°C) for more than 20 seconds. Engine may shut down
and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(CYL) 16 (DPFIT) 16 (DPFOT) (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Fact
This fault will go inactive after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision
module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) measures exhaust temperature at outlet of
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR). SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates
with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCROT sensor is part of SCR
temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.
Figure 785 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1969
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Selective Catalyst Reduction
Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor reading is greater than 1472°F (800°C) for more than 20 seconds. Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can be shut down.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and 4
(CYL) 16 (DPFIT) 16 (DPFOT) (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, and • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
This fault will go inactive after SCROT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor Decision
module.
Compare Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC). Decision
Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FEC). Perform Yes: Go to Step 6.
KOEO DEF System Leak Test(page 2159).
Step 6 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: Decision
FPC).
Check for leaking or stuck open AFT: FPC. Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2187). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. A default
value for SCROT is used and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(SCRIT) (SCROT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or open for 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle
speed will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected an internal circuit error in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module, and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor signal
voltage is less than 1 volt for 16 seconds. Active and parked regeneration will be disabled and engine torque
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control
Module (ECM) indicating temperature of charge air leaving compressor of high-pressure turbocharger.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 59°F (15°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
C. Check TC2CIT and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Figure 787 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1982 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± -12.2°C)
turbocharger compressor inlet temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace TC2CIT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI 2.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1983
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± -12.2°C)
turbocharger compressor inlet temperature.
Decision
Is temperature 307.7 ± 10°F (153.2 ± -12.2°C)? Yes: Replace SIG GND circuit between TC2CIT pin-1 and
ECM pin E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 2.
No: Replace SIG circuit between TC2CIT pin-2 and ECM
pin E-72. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1173
FMI 2.
1984 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake
Temperature (TC2CIT) signal is greater than 4.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check TC2CIT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TC2CIT sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1987
Figure 790 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
NOTE: See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
0000003481 for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1988 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Using Digital Multimeter (DMM), measure voltage between Less than 6 volts
Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and ground.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 6 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between TC2CIT pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-72. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1173 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1989
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4493 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 2 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. SPN 1173 FMI 4 sets
Decision
Does SPN 1173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Replace TC2CIT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI 3.
No: Go to Test 3.
1990 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 to ground.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 3 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. SPN 1173 FMI 4 sets
Decision
Does SPN 1173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? Yes: Repair Open between TC2CIT pin-1 and ECM pin
E-28. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1173 FMI
3.
No: Repair Open between TC2CIT pin-2 and ECM pin
E-72. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1173 FMI
3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature
(TC2CIT) signal is less than 0.195 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check TC2CIT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TC2CIT sensor, connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN
1173 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1993
Figure 794 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)
1994 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
Test 1 Specification
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™software, clear DTC list. SPN 1173 FMI 3 sets in DTC list
Decision
Does SPN 1173 FMI 3 set in DTC list? Yes: Replace TC2CIT sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1173 FMI 3.
No: Repair short to GND between TC2CIT pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-72. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1173 FMI 3.
SPN 1173 FMI 16 - TC2CIT signal above desired (Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling)
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
1996 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) to control turbocharger
pneumatic actuator.
1998 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to a power source for 25.5 seconds. TC2WG circuit current is greater than 1 amp
for 20 microseconds or greater than 2 amps for 2 microseconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check TC2WG and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness (TC2WG) ZTSE4831
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2001
Figure 797 Test 1 Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) Actuator Valve Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG)
actuator valve disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4831 pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between TC2WG pin-2 and
Engine Control Module (ECM) pin E-73. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1189 FMI 3.
No: Replace TC2WG Actuator valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1189 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to ground or open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Check TC2WG and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded
terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• TC2WG Breakout Harness ZTSE4831
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2005
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG)
disconnected.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volt
ZTSE4831 pin-1 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volt? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair Open circuit between TC2WG pin-1 and ACT
PWR Relay pin-87. After repairs are complete, retest for
SPN 1189 FMI 4.
2006 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) disconnected.
C. KOEO.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness less than 0.5 volts
ZTSE4831 pin-2 and known good ground.
Decision
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to Test 3.
No: Replace TC2WG actuator valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 1189 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2007
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) disconnected.
C. KOEO.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ± 0.5 volt of battery voltage
ZTSE4831 pin-2 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage within 0.5 volt of battery voltage? Yes: Repair short to GND between TC2WG pin-2 and
ECM pin E-73. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN
1189 FMI 4.
No: Repair Open between TC2WG pin-2 and ECM pin
E-73. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 1189 FMI
4.
Overview
Transmission tail shaft speed is detected by a magnetic pickup mounted on the transmission that senses rotation
of a 16 toothed gear installed on rear of the transmission. Alternating Current (AC) sine wave signal is received
by Engine Control Module (ECM) and is utilized along with tire size and axle ratio, to calculate vehicle speed.
Calculated vehicle speed is transmitted to the instrument cluster through Drive Train Data Link to operate the
speedometer within the instrument cluster. Calculated vehicle speed is also utilized in control strategies that
control features such as Cruise Control, PTO operation and Road Speed Limiting.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2009
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) sensor Decision
and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 191 FMI 3.
2012 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and leave
TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS vehicle Less than 1.7 volts
harness pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage Less than 1.7 volts? Yes: Repair short to B+ in TOSS-L circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 3.
No: Repair short to B+ in TOSS-H circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) sensor Decision
and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 191 FMI 4.
2016 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and leave
TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS vehicle Less than 1.2 volts
harness pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage Less than 1.2 volts? Yes: Repair short to GND in TOSS-L circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 4.
No: Repair short to GND in TOSS-H circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) has an open circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) sensor Decision
and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Perform Pin-Point
Tests.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 191 FMI 5.
2020 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and leave
TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS vehicle 1.2 to 1.7 volts
harness pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage between 1.2 and 1.7 volts? Yes: Go to Test 2.
No: Repair open in TOSS-H circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 4.
2022 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and leave
TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between TOSS/VSS vehicle 1.2 to 1.7 volts
harness pin-2 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage between 1.2 and 1.7 volts? Yes: Replace TOSS/VSS sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 5.
No: Repair open in TOSS-H circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 191 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an invalid vehicle speed value from Transmission
Output Shaft Speed sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Reference voltage (VREF) is a 5 volt reference supplied by Engine Control Module (ECM) to operate engine
sensors.
2026 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects VREF 1 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 804 Test 1 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 805 Test 2 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave ECM
36-pin connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 2 Measure VREF voltage on EBP sensor with ECM disconnected. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known Yes: Go to Test 4.
good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to Test 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2031
Figure 806 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 807 Test 4 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave TC1TOP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 808 Test 5 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector. Reconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave ETP
connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 1 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Wiring harness routing to all sensors are very important. Make sure that wiring harnesses are routed properly
to avoid contact with serpentine belt or pulleys.
Figure 809 Test 1 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 810 Test 2 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
Test 2 Measure VREF voltage for EBP sensor with ECM disconnected. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known Yes: Go to Test 6.
good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to Test 3.
2038 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 811 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 812 Test 4 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 4 Measure VREF voltage for UVC with ICP disconnected. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known Yes: Go to Step 5.
good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace ICP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 4.
2040 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 813 Test 5 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
E. Reconnect Injection Control Pressure (ICP) connector. Disconnect Brake Control Pressure (BCP) connector.
F. Key ON.
Test 5 Measure VREF voltage for UVC with BCP disconnected. Decision
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known Yes: Repair UVC
good GND. harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace BCP
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3509 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2041
Figure 814 Test 6 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6 Setup
A. Key OFF.
E. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave
TC1TOP disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Figure 815 Test 7 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 7 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector. Reconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave ETP
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 816 Test 8 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 8 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) connector. Reconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP)
connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave FDP
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 817 Test 9 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 9 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) connector. Reconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave EOP
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 818 Test 10 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 10 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) connector. Reconnect Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and leave IMP
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 819 Test 11 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 11 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor connector. Reconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 820 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 821 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 822 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 823 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 824 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 825 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 826 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 827 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness (ECM side of connector) and leave Vehicle side
disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 828 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
Figure 829 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE4485A pin-D and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2071
Figure 830 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Figure 831 Test 4 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect 42-Pin Engine to Chassis Interface Cable 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness (ECM side of connector)
and leave 42-Pin IP/Engine connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to vehicle harness and leave all body builder sensor connections
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Overview
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) when water is detected
in the fuel supply. If water is detected, ECM will alert the operator by illuminating WATER IN FUEL lamp. If a
circuit fault is detected, a code will set and ENGINE lamp will illuminate.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2075
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is greater than
expected
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list for SPN 4192 FMI 3.
Are the WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2077
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
2078 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to vehicle harness and leave WIF disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 5.5 volts
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between WIF pin-1 and ECM pin
E-7. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4192 FMI 3.
No: Replace WIF sensor. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4192 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is less than expected
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Is fuel free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF)?
No: Drain the fuel tank
and fill with new and /
or known good diesel
fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4192 FMI 4
Are the WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2081
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
2082 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to vehicle harness and leave WIF disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness B+ ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and PWR.
Decision
Is voltage B+ ± 0.5 volts Yes: Repair short to GND between WIF pin-1 and ECM pin
E-7. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4192 FMI 4.
No: Replace WIF sensor. After repairs are complete, retest
for SPN 4192 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module detects Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor is not reading as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Are the WIF sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged?
No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4192 FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2085
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
2086 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to vehicle harness and leave WIF disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 1 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Greater than 5.5 volts
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? Yes: Repair short to PWR between WIF pin-1 and ECM pin
E-7. After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4192 FMI 5.
No: Go to test 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2087
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to vehicle harness and leave WIF disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 4.5 volts ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 4.5 volts ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Go to test 3.
No: Repair Open between WIF pin-1 and ECM pin E-7.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4192 FMI 5.
2088 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to vehicle harness and leave WIF disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3 Specification
Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness 4.5 volts ± 0.5 volts
ZTSE6002 pin-1 and known good GND.
Decision
Is voltage 4.5 volts ± 0.5 volts? Yes: Replace WIF sensor. After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4192 FMI 5.
No: Repair Open between WIF pin-2 and ECM pin E-28.
After repairs are complete, retest for SPN 4192 FMI 5.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) receives indication water in fuel is detected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Water In Fuel (WIF) lamp will illuminate.
Possible Causes
• Water detected in primary fuel filter housing.
2090 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Table of Contents
Aftertreatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2394
Snap Acceleration Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2394
Downstream Injection System Operation Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2395
2094 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2095
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ is an Engine Electronic Control System Diagnostic Tool. It is used to run Service Bay Test,
Procedures and Program engine features. It can also monitor and record signals from the Engine Control
Module (ECM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Engine Auto-Detection
Pre 2007 engines can only Auto-Detect at Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). The N9-N10 Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) engine is able to auto-connect at KOEO or engine running. The only difference when
connecting with a running engine is most of the parameters will not load. You will notice lot of missing values
in the Vehicle Information window.
Connection (Sniffer)
This area will display all the modules communicating on the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) Network.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2097
Test Setup
NOTE: If ServiceMaxx™ displays the Engine selection window (Figure 842), it was unable to Auto- Detect. The
Engine Control Module (ECM) or the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) to the Data Link connector maybe
at fault.
Test Procedure
2. Click on the Stop Logging Watched Signals button (Figure 844) to stop the recording.
3. Snapshot recording will be saved in the Snapshot folder (Figure 845) located on your computers desktop.
1. Open previously recorded snapshot, Click on the Open Snapshot Recording File (Figure 846) from the File
Menu.
2. Select the desired recording you wish to open.
2100 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Once the recording is open (Figure 847), you can select any signal you wish to show up in the graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2101
DTC Type:
Pending DTC
Pending Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s are possible faults that were detected on the first drive cycle. On
Heavy Duty Onboard Diagnostic (HD-OBD) faults can be set as Pending. Pending HD-OBD faults do not turn
on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Active DTC
There are 3 types of Active DTCs: Non-HD-OBD faults, 1 drive cycle and 2 drive cycle HD-OBD.
• Active Non HD-OBD faults go active on the first drive cycle and do not turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 1 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 2 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
Healing DTC
Healing DTCs are HD-OBD faults that were active on the previous drive cycle, but were not detected on the
current drive cycle. Healing faults do turn on the MIL. If the Healing fault is not detected within the next three
consecutive drive cycles, then the fault becomes Previously Active and turns off the MIL.
DTC Count
DTC Count logs the amount of times the fault was detected.
Freeze Frame
Freeze Frame data is a snapshot of the engines operating condition at the time the fault was detected.
2102 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Procedure:
ServiceMaxx™ software will update DTC status every 10 seconds and will check for DTCs as soon as the
Refresh DTC/Vehicle Events button (Figure 849) is pressed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2103
Session Files
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ software has a variety of Sessions; Signal Monitoring, Engine Programming and Service Bay
Testing.
Service Bay Test and Procedures will automatically load pre-made default sessions. Users are not limited to
using pre-made default sessions. Sessions (Figure 850) can be built or modified, saved and loaded (Figure 851)
at any time. The operator can use their own saved session to run a Service Bay test as long as the check mark
is removed from the Load Test Specific Session (Figure 852) prior to running the test.
Purpose
Check for failed aftertreatment system temperature sensor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
This test is not dependent on engine temperature.
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle’s diagnostic connector.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2105
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
4. Start and run engine at 1400 to 1500 rpm for 10 minutes.
5. Monitor the following signals in the All Signals tab:
Compare the following three signals:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inlet Temperature
• DPF Outlet Temperature
2106 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
After 10 minutes, if any of these three aftertreatment temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each
other, diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
Compare the following two signals:
• SCR Inlet Temp
• SCR Outlet Temp
After 10 minutes, if either of the two SCR temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each other,
diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2107
Overview
Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle and generate a Health Report of current vehicle information:
• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) validation
• Vehicle mileage
• Engine hours
• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration
• Fuel economy data
Tools Required
• PocketMaxx™, EST with International Graphical User Interface, or Navistar® EZ-Tech Launcher
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher and to vehicle Diagnostic
Connector (page 2124).
3. Use PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher to retrieve a vehicle Health Report.
4. Connect to internet and upload Health Report to Navistar® Service Portal.
5. Verify Health Report is visible on Navistar® Service Portal. Select Write Up > Vehicle Information.
Expected Outcome
Current vehicle Health Report is viewable on Navistar® Service Portal.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2108 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Programmable Features
Overview
Many features can be programmed into the Engine Control Module (ECM) to fit many different applications. To
make programming changes using ServiceMaxx™ software, load the Programming session.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2109
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2110 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
4. Turn Key OFF for 15 seconds, so new value change be saved into the module (Figure 858).
5. Turn Key ON.
6. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)s, if any.
2112 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2113
Overview
Record Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data to be referenced now, and in the future.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more. This will allow Injection Control Pressure (ICP) to bleed
off.
Test Setup
1. Key-ON.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select Sessions > Performance.
2. Cycle key OFF, then cycle key ON.
NOTE: Fuel pump will run for 10 seconds after the ignition key is cycled.
3. Select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot.
4. Wiggle harness connections on the Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP connector, ICP harness, and
36-pin Engine Control Module (ECM) connector.
5. Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot.
Expected Outcome
KOEO values will be within specification.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2114 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Injector Coil End Of Motion (CEOM) corrects aging effect of fuel injector on fuel quantity. Over time injectors
inject less fuel due to injectors wearing. CEOM measures this wear and adds fuel back in to make it work like
new. When a new injector is installed in the engine, CEOM should be reset so it does not add too much fuel to
engine.
NOTE: Only reset CEOM of injector being replaced.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2115
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Select Injector CEOM Reset (Figure 860) from the KOEO Procedures drop-down menu.
2. Only reset the injector (Figure 861) that was replaced to prevent any injection imbalance.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2117
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) maintains reliability of Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) system as parts age by storing
Fuel Pressure Adaptation (FPA) values.
When any fuel system part is replaced: [Engine Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve, Injection Control
Pressure (ICP) sensor, high-pressure pump, high-pressure rail, or ECM], this parameter must be reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (J1939 - compliant)
Equipment Condition
One of the following components was replaced:
• Engine Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• High-pressure pump
• High-pressure rail
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
2118 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Replace failed part.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2119
2. Select Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset from KOEO Procedure (Figure 863) drop down menu.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2120 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Aftertreatment (AFT) maintenance provides the ability for a technician to install/reset maintenance
components. An example would be a new or clean Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) or Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF). Once a DOC is considered by the Engine Control Module (ECM) to be “Face Plugged”, AFT dosing is
disabled. After the DOC is replaced, the technician would need to reset the value to clean in order to enable
dosing and re-initiate active regeneration. In order to prevent the misuse of this feature, the reset shall only be
available when most severe fault conditions exist on the particular AFT component that is being reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
One of the following active faults:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between Electronic Service Tool (EST) and 9-pin Vehicle Data Connector (VDC)
(see Connecting EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to engine (page 2124)).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Verify that one of the active faults is present:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
2. Replace the failed part.
3. Select DOC / DPF Replacement Reset from the KOEO Aftertreatment Procedures (Figure 867)drop-down
menu.
2122 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Use this test to diagnose inactive and/or intermittent faults. Inactive and/or intermittent faults are currently
healing, previously active, or inactive.
NOTE: For component faults that are pending or active, follow specific step based diagnostics for fault.
NOTE: Permanent faults are historic faults and are used for reporting purposes only. They should never be
treated as a current issue or used for diagnostics.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939–compliant interface cable
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Verify health report was saved. Clear fault codes.
2. Perform Continuous Monitor Test (page 2147)and view voltage signal for suspect sensor.
• The continuous monitor test will have you watch voltage signals for voltage spikes while wiggling affected
harness and connections.
• A voltage spike while performing continuous monitor wiggle test indicates a damaged harness and/or
connector pin.
NOTE: During continuous monitor wiggle test, if a fault code sets (high or low), voltage will latch high or low. To
continue performing continuous monitor wiggle test, faults will need to be cleared.
3. If a voltage spike or fault occurs during continuous monitor wiggle test start from the point the voltage spike
occurred and inspect harness for rubbing, and inspect nearby connectors for pin damage, corrosion, fretting,
etc.
Expected Outcome
The source of the intermittent / inactive fault will be isolated.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2124 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
If cable is not at fault, see J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit) (page 1780) in Fault Code Diagnostics
section of this manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2127
NOTE: If software has connected to the ECM, active signals will populate startup screen, and ECM
connected icon in bottom right corner will show connected.
NOTE: When software is unable to connect to ECM, signals and vehicle information will not be displayed,
and ECM disconnected icon in bottom right corner will show disconnected.
If software is unable to connect to ECM, go to Interface Device Selection (page 2124) section, above.
2128 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 878 ECM (Engine Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2134 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Figure 879 ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2135
Overview
The Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test will command all Engine Control Module (ECM) actuators to their
high state and then back to their normal, low state. This test allows the user to diagnose actuator movement by
commanding the actuators high and low while using a multi-meter to measure circuits. This test also enables
the visual monitoring of movement on some of the actuators.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
NOTE: All actuators default at their low state.
NOTE: Actuators cycled during this test are as follows:
• Engine Throttle Position (ETP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Intake Air Heater (IAH)
• Radiator Shutter (optional)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
• Fuel Delivery Pump (FDP)
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2137
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2138 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Select Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test (Figure 882) from the Tests drop-down menu.
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete when finished.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2139
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Off test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2140 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to validate engine performance throughout its full rpm range. By monitoring specific signals,
this test helps identify which systems are not performing as expected. Using information gathered, it assists
with further diagnostics.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2141
Test Procedure
8. Select Tools > Stop Recording (Figure 886) and check the following signals against specifications:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
9. If any signal does not meet specifications, diagnose that system in appropriate section or manual.
Expected Outcome
Engine will accelerate smoothly, all signals will be within specifications, and no imbalance or misfire will be
detected.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2144 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2145
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Output State Test High or Low will command all actuators to their high or low
position. This test allows users to diagnose actuator movement by commanding actuators high or low and
monitoring signals in ServiceMaxx™ or using a multimeter to measure circuits and also to visually monitor
movement on some actuators. This test does not display pass or fail results and user will need to cancel test
before running any other test. The KOEO Standard Test must be performed before this test is allowed to run.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard test (Figure 882).
2146 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Once test is complete, select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 888) or select Tests >
KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 887).
3. Monitor signals, verify visual movement or make measurements as needed.
4. Allow test to run for a minimum of 30 seconds before stopping testing.
Expected Outcome
Actuators will cycle to their high or low state as commanded; signals will show the command to high or low state
and remain steady while test is active.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2147
Continuous Monitor
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Continuous Monitoring – Intermittence Sensor Diagnostics test is used to detect
sensor intermittent faults. During this test, sensor voltages are continuously monitored. This test provides a
graphical view of all signals and allows the technician to detect intermittent spiking or monetary loss of signal.
Perform this test while wiggling connectors, wiring, and harnesses of the suspected faulty component.
NOTE: A sensor fault that goes out of range high or low will cause the voltage signal to display Error. The
Continuous Monitor Test will force all sensor voltage to display actual voltages.
NOTE: This test does not work on early calibrations. Out of Range HIGH and Out of Range LOW faults will
display during this test until early 2015.
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2149
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
2. Monitor suspect voltage signal while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors. If the circuit is interrupted,
the signal will spike.
3. Test will run until cancelled by pressing the Stop test button (Figure 892).
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2151
Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater Test is used to command the DEF
tank heater on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the DEF tank heater control valve
confirming the system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Conditions
None
2152 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2153
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Tests, Actuator – Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater (Figure 894) from
the drop down menu.
2. The DEF tank heater session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay amount (Figure 895), if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 895) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2154 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The purpose of this test is to verify all 6 injectors are being electronically activated by the Engine Control Module
(ECM). This test will activate all injectors at the same time, then active each individual injector in order (1, 2, 3,
4, 5 and 6) for 2 seconds with a 1 second pause in between. This is an audible test only (audible buzz sound)
and will not activate any other codes.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
• None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
NOTE: The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test must be run before running this test.
1. Select KOEO Standard test (Figure 896) from the Tests drop-down menu.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2155
NOTE: This is an audible test only and does not load a special session.
2. Select KOEO Injector Test (Figure 897) from drop-down menu.
3. This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 898) when finished.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully, and audible buzz will be heard from each injector.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2156 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
KOEO DCU Actuator Test – Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics
Overview
The Key-On Engine OFF (KOEO) Doser Control Unit (DCU) Actuator test will enable the technician to cycle
any actuator high or low. Some actuators have variable positions. A technician can use a Digital Multimeter
(DMM) to measure changes in voltage or duty cycle, or visually monitor actuator movement while actuator is
commanded.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Actuator - DCU Actuators from KOEO Aftertreatment Tests (Figure 900) drop-down menu.
7. Actuator will cycle to commanded position for 5 seconds, before the Test Completed Successful (Figure
902) notification is displayed.
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2159
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Leak Test is used to prime DEF system and hold pressure so the system
can be checked for leaks. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF System Leak (Figure 903).
2160 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
DEF System Leak Test will prime and hold pressure on the system allowing for leaks to be detected visually.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2161
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Heater Test is used to command DEF Line
Heaters ON, allowing a service technician to measure voltage output to DEF Line heaters while confirming
system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Test > Actuator – DEF Line Heater (Figure 905) from drop-down menu.
2. DEF Line Heater session will load on the screen.
2162 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Adjust desired test delay amount, if any delay is needed (Figure 906).
4. Press Begin Test button to begin test (Figure 906).
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2163
Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Reverting Control Valve Test is used to command
the DEF reverting valve on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the valve, which
confirms the system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2164 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select KOEO Aftertreatment Test, Actuator – DEF Reverting Valve (Figure 908) from the drop-down menu.
2. The DEF Reverting Valve test session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay (Figure 909) amount, if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 909) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2165
Overview
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Pump Override Test is used to measure DEF
flow rate for a fixed amount of time to ensure proper operation.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU) from exhaust pipe and place it into a clean, graduated
cylinder or jar.
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Supply Pump Override.
2166 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, injecting 100 ml of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) into measuring container.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2167
Overview
The KOEO Relative Compression Test measures cylinder balance in order to determine cylinder integrity. The
test results are presented in graphical or numerical displays. The graphs or numbers should be approximately
the same, indicating well balanced and equal cylinders.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2168 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Batteries must be charged (Use Battery charger if necessary).
Test Procedure
1. Select Relative Compression Test (Figure 913) from the KOEO Tests drop-down menu.
3. Results are measured on the down travel of each cylinder's power stroke (Figure 915). A cylinder with low
compression will be significantly lower then the others.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully
Follow-On Procedure
None
2170 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) faults, SCR Faults Reset Parameter will
have to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant interface cable
Equipment Condition
• None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCs) if any are displayed.
4. Change value on 95461 SCR Faults Reset Request from No to Yes (Figure 918).
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and SCR faults will be reset.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2172 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Monitors engine systems as the engine is cranked to determine if systems are able to meet minimum starting
requirements.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx sotware to vehicle diagnostic connector.
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Procedure
Expected Outcome
All signal values meet specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2175
Overview
Tests performance of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve by measuring changes in Mass Air Flow (MAF)
through the MAF sensor and sets fault codes as necessary.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above 158°F (70°C).
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Test runs successfully, and no fault codes are set.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2177
Overview
This graph shows normal operation of the Air Management System (AMS) during the Air Management Test
(AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects each
actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa) on
engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP will
not respond to changes in EGR valve position. When this occurs, excess soot will be generated by the engine
causing frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. When EGR valve
is commanded ON, verify Mass Air Flow (MAF) Mean Value (MMV) drops. Calculate the difference between
MMV at a high point and a low point, then compare to the table below.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35% and is considered closed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
A properly operating air management system graph will match this graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2179
Overview
This graph shows an Air Management System (AMS) not operating as designed during the Air Management
Test (AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects
each actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa)
on engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP
will not respond to changes in EGR valve position. Excess soot will then be generated by the engine causing
frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. In this graph,
IMP does not drop when EGR valve is commanded ON.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35 percent and is considered closed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform Air Management Test (AMT) if not already done and saved.
2180 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An improperly-operating AMS graph will match this graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2181
Overview
The Key On, Engine Running (KOER) Standard Test verifies performance of the Injection Control Pressure
(ICP) System. During this test, engine speed increases to 1500 RPM and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
commands the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve to control ICP. The ICP Desired signal is the pressure
the ECM commanding. The ECM will command 4000 psi, then 1000 psi. The ECM monitors the ICP sensor
(Actual pressure) to validate the system’s ability to meet ICP desired.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Conditions
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (above 158°F 70°C)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (Released)
• Clutch Pedal (Released)
2182 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Select Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Standard Test (Figure 928) from the Test drop down menu.
2. This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 929) when finished.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2184 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Cylinder Cutout Test is an audible test only. This test can be used to help
pin-point cylinder imbalance issues, by disabling one injector at a time while monitoring effects on engine idle
quality. This test must not be used to validate performance of injectors. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer
(CPA) Tools is the required tool for Misfire Diagnostics. This test does not display pass or fail results and will
display test complete each time an injector is enabled.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Condition
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (released)
• Clutch Pedal (released)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2185
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2186 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Select Tests > KOER Tests > Cylinder Cutout Test (Figure 931).
3. Injectors are disabled by clicking on desired injector from control panel (Figure 931).
Expected Outcome
The engine will lose RPM and an audible change will be heard every time an injector is disabled.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2187
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) System Test can be used to validate
performance of the DSI system.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
2188 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
NOTE: The conditions below are shown how they should be displayed on ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Vehicle not moving.
3. Accelerator pedal position (0%).
4. Brake pedal (Release).
5. Clutch pedal (Release).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select KOER Aftertreatment Tests > DSI System Test (Figure 935) from test drop down menu.
2. The test will validate the performance of DSI system (Figure 936), by cycling Aftertreatment Fuel Enable
Control (AFT: FEC) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC), while monitoring the effects on
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensors (Figure
936).
3. The test will display test results listed in result window during session (Figure 936).
4. Test complete popup is also displayed indicating test has completed successfully (Figure 937).
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2190 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) Deaeration Procedure can be used to purge
air from the system after the fuel system was opened from a previous repair.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
NOTE: The conditions below are shown as they should be displayed on the ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM)
2. Vehicle not moving
3. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (0%)
4. Brake pedal released
5. Clutch pedal released
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2191
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2192 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Select KOER Aftertreatment (AFT) Procedures > Down Stream Injection (DSI) System Deaeration (Figure
939) from the Procedures drop-down menu.
2. The procedure will cycle the Aftertreatment Fuel Enable CTL (AFT: FEC) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure
CTL (AFT:FPC) to purge air from the system.
3. This procedure does not display pass or fail results and will display Test Completed, Successful (Figure 940)
when finished.
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2193
Overview
The Key On Engine Running (KOER) Aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Regeneration Procedure
is used to clean Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF). Session is helpful to monitor all components in aftertreatment
system.
WARNING: Set parking brake and gear before diagnostic or service test: To prevent personal injury
or death, make sure parking brake is set, transmission is in neutral or park, and wheels are blocked
before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Condition
1. Engine Speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (above 150°F 66°C).
3. No Inhibitors (Figure 943).
2194 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
3. Verify DPF Regeneration entry conditions are met and procedure is not inhibited (Figure 943).
2196 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2197
Overview
The Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool is a four-channel oscilloscope that is used to detect faults in
various components. When used with the proper software, the CPA tool helps technicians diagnose engine
systems by monitoring electrical signals from various engine-mounted sensors.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, never allow the metal sensor tee harness
connectors (BNC Connector) or the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool ports to contact metal,
other sensor tee harness connectors, or ground.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not store the CPA tool in the engine compartment. Any exterior damage may
adversely affect the functionality of the tool and cause flawed test results.
CAUTION: Secure the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool and test cables away from hot or moving parts
and any source of radio frequency interference with cable ties while performing tests. Failure to comply could
result in damage to equipment.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
2198 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2199
Test Procedure
1. Connect Yellow Tee Harness 12-999-01-02 between Camshaft Position (CMP) (Figure 946) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
2. Securely connect metal end to connector on Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool labeled Cam Sensor.
2200 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Connect Black Tee Harness 12-999-01-03 between Crankshaft Position (CKP) (Figure 947) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
4. Securely connect metal end to connector on CPA Tool labeled Crank Sensor.
5. Connect USB cable from CPA Tool to Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Ensure light on CPA Tool (Figure 945) is flashing.
6. If doing CPA High Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test, connect HPOP Test Harness 12–999–01–04 between
engine harness and CPA Tool.
7. Recheck your test cable connections and routing to ensure they do not come in contact with hot or moving
parts or unnecessary radio frequency interference.
Expected Outcome
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool test harnesses will be properly connected to perform standard tests.
Follow-on Procedure
Perform CPA Tool tests.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2201
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Cold Idle Test detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed,
and is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during cold idle. When required, the Cold Idle
Test should be performed prior to the Signal Check.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2197) tool.
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 948).
2202 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Fill in Dealer location, operator / technician Information and Customer Complaint text fields (Figure 949).
6. Verify Vehicle Data matches the information in text fields (Figure 949).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2203
7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 950).
2204 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2206 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Signal check ensures information from Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
are being read properly by the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) program and are not distorted. Signal
check must be performed before the full load to highway speed test, or any other test involving the vehicle being
driven. CPA software will only recognize, for a limited time, that Signal Check has been completed before it
resets and inhibits any test involving the vehicle being driven.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA)
Tool, page 2197).
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 953).
5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 954).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 954).
2208 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 955).
Test Procedure
Later generations of the CPA tool do not have adjusting knobs. If using a tool with adjusting knobs, proper
calibration is rotated fully to the right (clockwise) (Figure 956).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2209
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, signal adjustment will be made, and any road test can be performed after test is run.
Return to step based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2212 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Hot-idle test detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed with engine at or above operating
temperature, and is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during hot idle. Signal check
should be performed before hot-idle test.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fender and / or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2197).
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 960).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2213
5. Input dealer location, operator / technician and customer complaints in appropriate text fields (Figure 961).
6. Verify Vehicle Data (Figure 961) matches information in text fields.
2214 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields that describe what and why you are testing (Figure 962).
8. Ensure engine coolant temperature is above 180°F (82°C), if not, run engine to reach operating temperature.
9. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (page 2206).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2215
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully. Return to step based diagnostics with test information or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2217
Overview
The Full Load to Highway Speed Test is used to detect faults with cylinder combustion during acceleration,
under a load and involves the vehicle being driven. The signal check must be performed prior to attempting this
test. Testing will stop automatically once vehicle reaches highway speed and/or all necessary data has been
collected. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) software will only recognize for a limited time that signal
check has been completed before it will reset and inhibit any test that involves vehicle being driven.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limits, disobey traffic
laws or drive too fast for conditions while performing this test.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on the truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders
and/or passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (page 2197) 12-999-01.
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 966).
5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint in text fields (Figure 967).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 967).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2219
7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 968).
8. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Signal Check, page 2206).
2220 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Select Full Load to Highway Speed test from Test List (Figure 969).
2. Start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2221
3. Click button on the bottom left corner to start test (Figure 970).
4. Follow on-screen instructions to complete test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about test.
6. Click Return button to return to home screen and view test results.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully and will automatically stop when necessary data has been recorded. Review
test results and return to step-based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) testing
as needed.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2222 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) advanced testing can be used with or without the guidance of Navistar®
Technical Services. This allows the user to test other sensor signals to perform a wider variety of diagnostics.
Technician can not view data taken on sensor ports 3 and 4 without contacting tech central support.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into the cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2096).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2197) tool.
4. Connect Extension Harness 12-999-01-05 and 2-Pin Banana Plug 12-999-01-06 to sensor(s) you wish to
monitor and to CPA tool, ensuring to route them away from hot or moving parts.
5. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 971).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2223
6. Fill in dealer location, operator / technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 972).
7. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 972).
2224 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
8. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 973).
Test Procedure
1. Add data for sensor(s) connected in the field for Sensor 3 and Sensor 4 (Figure 974), if needed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2225
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2227
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) – High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test is a group of tests used to
diagnose defects in the High-Pressure Oil System consisting of the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Engine
Control Module (ECM) Powered Test, IPR (Full Fielded) Test, IPR Removed and Plug Tool Installed Test, and
Pump Deadheaded Test. It may not be necessary to perform all tests in the CPA HPOP Test. If software
detects a fault in the High Pressure Oil System during any test, a Warranty Authorization Code (WAC) will be
generated. Any other faults will be displayed in the Summary Text Box. If no fault is found, the software will
recommend performing the next test in the series.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit – 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Key ON. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2197).
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ software by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure
977).
7. Enter test details into the Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 979).
Test Procedure
2. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 981) to prepare to run this group of tests.
3. Click the Start Test button on bottom left corner.
4. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 981) to complete this test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, you can enter any final details about the test.
6. Click Return button to return to Home screen and view test results.
7. Perform next recommended test or make repairs as necessary
Expected Outcome
Tests will run successfully, identifying a failed component or sending the user to the next test in the sequence.
When this series is complete, return to step-based diagnostics, or perform leak test according to Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) findings.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2231
Overview
Record engine running data to be referenced now and in the future. Recreate engine running problem during
the test if possible.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2232 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Engine running values will be within specification. Save Snapshot for reference later in diagnostic procedures.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2235
Road Test
2236 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
0 to 60 MPH Test
Overview
This test checks for unacceptable performance under a load at rated speed, and requires operation of vehicle.
Using record feature in ServiceMaxx™ while driving on an open stretch of road trying to reproduce complaint,
signals are recorded so they can be analyzed to determine which system is causing faults.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limit laws or drive too
fast for conditions when performing 0 to 60 mph test.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is above 158°F (70°C).
Test Procedure
1. Drive vehicle to a suitable and safe location to perform test.
2. Pull over to side of road.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2237
7. After test is complete, Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot (Figure 987) and save snapshot in EST.
8. Return to shop and review snapshot data.
Expected Outcome
Safely perform road test and record data for analysis.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2240 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows an Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system operating as designed. This graph is a
representation only, no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only
allows the user to validate ICP and Injection Control Pressure Desired (ICPD) signal values under load. As
engine rpm increases, ICP should steadily increase. Low ICP will cause low Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP).
Diagnose low ICP concerns before diagnosing low IMP concerns.
NOTE: Analyze 0 to 60 MPH test signal values only during acceleration, and not during deceleration or shifting.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (0 to 60 MPH Test, page 2236) and save recording.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2241
Test Procedure
Figure 988 Injection Control Pressure and Injection Control Pressure Desired Graph
1. Injection Pressure Regulator 2. Injection Control Pressure 4. Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
(IPR) Valve control (percent) Desired (ICPD) [Green] [Purple]
[Blue] 3. Engine Speed (RPM) [Orange]
1. Verify if ICP is within 150 psi (1,034 kPa) of ICPD signal value during acceleration.
2. Verify if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve control is less than 80 percent.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.
Expected Outcome
A properly-operating ICP system will closely resemble this graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2242 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows the Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value operating as designed. This graph is a
representation only, no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only
allows the user to validate the IMP signal value under load. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal value
must be 99.6% to successfully reach peak boost during this test. Low IMP can be the result of low Injection
Control Pressure (ICP). Diagnose low ICP concerns before diagnosing low IMP concerns. IMP can vary based
on ECM calibration and vehicle weight. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software,
monitor turbocharger wastegate operation to verify low boost; IMP signal value may be as low as 29 psi (200
kPa) on lower horsepower configurations; Analyze 0 to 60 MPH Test signal values only during acceleration, not
deceleration or shifting.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (0 to 60 MPH Test, page 2236) and save recording.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2243
Test Procedure
1. Verify IMP signal value is between 29 psi (200 kPa) to 42 psi (289 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %,
and engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
2. Verify Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is less than 70 psi (482 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %, and
engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.
Expected Outcome
Properly operating system signals will closely resemble this graph.
2244 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2245
Overview
This graph shows an aftertreatment system operating as designed. This test does not give pass or fail results. It
only allows the user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 2096).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) if not already done and saved.
2246 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system that is working properly will have signals that will be close to this graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2247
Follow-On Procedure
None
2248 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows erratic exhaust gas temperatures. Erratic temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when
the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) becomes contaminated, or an issue with the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFI) is present. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of the
aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 2096).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2249
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Exhaust gas temperatures that fluctuate more than specified will have signal values that match this graph.
2250 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2251
Overview
This graph shows low exhaust gas temperatures indicating a restricted Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI). Low
temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when fuel flow from the AFI is restricted, resulting in less fuel burning
in the exhaust stream. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of
the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Perform OBFCT if not already done and saved.
2252 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system with low exhaust gas temperatures indicative of a restricted AFI, will have signal values
that match this graph .
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2253
Follow-On Procedure
None
2254 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test measures the performance of the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). This visual and functional test
uses pre-programmed actions of the Engine Control Module (ECM) to cycle the EBPV three times after the key
is turned off.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove truck-mounted components as necessary to have a clear view, and to allow access to EBPV.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Ensure air tanks are full.
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
The EBPV will cycle fully open and closed three times when the key is turned off.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2256 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify operation and condition of boost control system. This test is made up of multiple inspections and tests
to determine root cause of boost control system failures. All tests may not need to be performed. If any test
identifies a failed component, replace that component and retest for original symptom.
CAUTION: Limit supply air pressure to 21.5 PSI (148 kPa) to prevent damage to system lines, hoses, and
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2257
Test Procedure
Figure 994 Boost Control System Lines - Shown with Interstage Cooler (ISC) Removed for Clarity
1. Supply line 2. Dump line 3. Wastegate actuator line
1. Perform visual inspection of Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid supply line, Wastegate Actuator
and dump lines (Figure 994).
2. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Operational Test (page 2259). If test passes, got to step 5.
2258 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Check electrical connector (Figure 995) (Item 2) for bent, loose, damaged, or corroded pins and repair as
needed.
4. Start Engine and blow air pressure (21.5 psi or 148 kPa) through supply line. Air should not pass through
solenoid. If air passes through, replace TC2WG solenoid.
5. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page 2263). If test passes, got to step 6.
6. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Isolated Actuator Test (page 2264). If test passes, go to Step
7.
7. Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve Operation Test (page 2254).
Expected Outcome
Testing will diagnose faulty component causing failure of boost control system.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2259
Overview
Verify turbocharger wastegate is operating properly. This test verifies appropriate travel of wastegate actuator
rod. Actuator rod travel should match specification.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.
Test Setup
1. Install Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4409 (Figure 997) (Item 1) to wastegate actuator air supply, and then
connect to regulated air pressure.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2261
Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.
Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator rod will travel its full range of motion and stop in a seated position without
sticking or shuddering. Length of travel will match specification.
2262 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2263
Overview
Test for proper operation of turbocharger Wastegate Position system. This test verifies air and electrical controls
of turbocharger wastegate. ServiceMaxx™ software commands system on and off.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit - ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view and reach to turbocharger wastegate actuator
and control valve.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Attach pressure test kit to Supply hose to TC2WG solenoid.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard Test (Figure 882)
2. Supply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
3. After test is complete, perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 887) and visually monitor turbocharger
wastegate actuator.
4. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 888) and visually monitor turbocharger wastegate actuator.
5. Supply 8 psi (55 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
6. Perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 887), actuator should NOT move.
7. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 888), actuator should NOT move.
Expected Outcome
The turbocharger wastegate actuator will cycle fully open and closed during Output State Low and High Tests
with 21.5 psi (148 kPa) supplied to it, indicating it is working properly.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2264 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test checks for which part of wastegate system not functioning correctly by isolating and checking primary
components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2265
Test Setup
1. Install Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4409) directly to wastegate actuator (Figure 999) (Item 1), and connect
to regulated air pressure.
2266 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.
3. Relieve regulated air pressure from actuator.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2267
4. If rod does not move, remove actuator rod (Figure 1001) from turbocharger wastegate arm (see Engine
Service Manual).
5. Move turbocharger wastegate lever by hand.
Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering. Turbocharger wastegate lever moves
freely by hand.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2268 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors the air entering the engine. The MAF sensor is used to
calculate the amount and density of the incoming air. The Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this information
to calculate the correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) during engine operation. This test displays
pass, fail or abort results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
• Engine speed below 700 RPM
• Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Standard Test run.
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) at or above 158°F (70°C)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) above 176°F (80°C)
• Vehicle not moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) at 0%
• Brake pedal released
• Clutch pedal released
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 2124).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software (page 2124).
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 2136).
2270 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
3. Click OK (Figure 1005) when the test is complete to return to ServiceMaxx™ homescreen.
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully and give pass results.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2271
Overview
This test commands the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve to perform a self-diagnostic routine and
broadcast a fault code if there is a problem. The test commands the EGR valve completely open, waits for
a significant dwell time, commands the EGR valve completely closed, waits for a significant dwell time, and
repeats the test multiple times. The long dwell times and repeating tests are important. A stuck EGR valve
will broadcast an SPN 2791 FMI 7 fault code. Allowing at least 30 seconds between Output State tests in
step 3 is critical. Output State tests will not finish without a minimum of 30 seconds between them. This is a
manually-controlled test.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 2136).
Test Procedure
1. Key OFF for minimum of 45 seconds before testing.
2. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 1006) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
2272 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 1007) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 in sequence three more times, waiting 30 seconds for each test to run.
Expected Outcome
A free-moving Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will not broadcast an SPN 2971 FMI 7 fault code during
the EGRV Operation Test. A stuck EGR valve will broadcast an SPN 2971 FMI 7 fault code.
Follow-On Maintenance
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2273
Overview
This test verifies proper operation of the Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) system. FDP must be within specification
to ensure proper performance of engine.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flame and
sparks.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: Engine fluid (oil, fuel, and coolant) may be a hazard to human
health and the environment. Handle all fluid and other contaminated materials (e.g. filters rags)
in accordance with applicable regulations. Recycle or dispose of engine fluids, filters, and other
contaminated materials according to applicable regulations.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) ZTSE4526
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2274 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 (Figure 1008) (Item 1) connected to Fuel Filter Module test port.
3. Valve closed on fuel gauge.
4. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
5. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2275
Test Procedure
1. Turn Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) to energize fuel pump (pump will run for 10 to 20 seconds).
2. Monitor and record fuel pressure displayed on gauge.
3. Turn key Off for a minimum of 30 seconds, allowing Engine Control Module (ECM) to reset.
4. Electric Fuel Pump can also be commanded on by using Output State High Test in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Perform Output State High Test (page 2145) and monitor gauge and sensor signal in ServiceMaxx™
software.
6. Repeat as necessary to get an accurate and steady pressure reading.
Expected Outcome
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) will be within specifications .
Follow-On Procedure
None
2276 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to determine if the Engine Control Module (ECM) is commanding the Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
by measuring supply voltage to the EFP.
NOTE: Output state high test can be used to activate fuel pump.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) Breakout Harness ZTSE6023
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and EFP harness connector.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
4. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2277
Test Procedure
1. Use ServiceMaxx™ and the Output State Test HIGH (page 2145)to command fuel pump On.
2. While Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) is energized, use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage between
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-6, and pin-1. Record measurement.
2278 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. While EFP is energized, use Digital DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-4,
and pin-1. Record measurement.
4. Repeat steps 1–3 as necessary.
Expected Outcome
Voltage reading between pin-6 and pin-1 and voltage reading between pin-4 and pin-1 are within specifications.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2279
Overview
This test verifies that the fuel supply system is not restricted and is working as designed. By replacing vehicle
tank, lines, and chassis-mounted filter (if equipped), this test isolates the Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) by providing
a clean unrestricted fuel source.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ Software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Clean Fuel Source Tool – 15–637–01
• Fuel Pressure Gauge – ZTSE4681
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit – ZTSE4657
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) – ZTSE4526
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software
4. Disconnect fuel inlet dry-break fitting from the fuel filter module.
2280 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 (item 1) to fuel inlet (item 2) of fuel filter module (item 3) (Figure
1012) and prime using primer bulb
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2281
6. Connect Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 (Figure 1013) (Item 1) to Fuel Filter Module test port using Fuel
Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657 (item 2) and Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 (item 3).
Test Procedure
1. Perform Output State High Test (page 2145) to energize Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)..
2. Observe fuel pressure reading while pump is energized.
3. Activate fuel pump as many times as needed to record a consistent and accurate pressure reading.
Expected Outcome
Fuel pressure reading will be within specification (page 2404).
2282 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2283
Overview
Verify operation of the Intake Air Heater (IAH) system. The IAH is commanded on by the Engine Control Module
(ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is below 30°F (-1°C). This test uses diagnostic software to
command and monitor operation of the IAH system. This test can be performed without diagnostic software if
coolant temperature is below specification.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2284 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) will begin to rise when Intake Air Heater (IAH) system is on.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2285
Overview
Verify operation of Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heating element. Using diagnostic software, digital multimeter
(DMM) amp clamp, this test commands and monitors Intake Air Heater System operation. Intake Air Heater Test
will command element on twice for 45 seconds.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests in ServiceMaxx™ will cause the element to overheat and damage it.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Amp Clamp ZTSE4575
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
4. Amp Clamp connected to Digital Multimeter (DMM) and clamped onto relay output wire from IAH relay to
IAH grid heating element.
Test Procedure
1. Perform Key On-Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test (page 2136).
2. When test is complete, select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start (Figure 1017).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2287
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test (Figure 1018).
4. Follow on-screen instructions in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Measure amperage draw with Digital Multimeter (DMM).
Expected Outcome
Current draw is within specification (125 Amps + / – 30 Amps within 2 seconds).
2288 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The objective of this test is to determine if the Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay is the source of an inoperative IAH
system. A defective IAH Relay is found by measuring voltages on both sides of relay to validate its performance.
All steps may not need to be performed. If any step condemns the relay, replace relay and retest.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests with ServiceMaxx™ software will cause element to overheat.
Overheating element will damage it.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 between Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay and engine harness.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2289
Test Procedure
1. Measure voltage on relay input side B+ to a known good ground. Is measurement approximately equal to
B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 2.
• No: Check B+ circuit for open, corrosion, or blown fuse.
2. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2283). Measure voltage between relay output at heater
element and a known good ground. Is voltage equal to B+ or equal to voltage reading taken in Step 1?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to Step 3.
3. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and IAH
relay output terminal. Is voltage under 1 volt?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Replace relay.
4. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and a
known good ground. Is voltage within 1 volt of B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 5.
• No: Check B+ circuit for poor connections.
5. Measure voltage between pin-1 and battery positive. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Check for an open between relay coil connector pin-1 and ground.
2290 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2283). Measure voltage between relay coil connector
pin-1 and pin-2. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to diagnostics for SPN 729 FMI 5 (page 1279).
Expected Outcome
There will be power and ground to coil side of relay when Intake Air Heater Test (IAH) is run. There will also
be constant power to input side of relay. That power will transfer to output terminal for heating element when
control circuit is commanded on.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2291
Overview
This test verifies the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler’s (HPCAC) internal integrity by using compressed air to
check for defects and leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep hoses and mating surfaces clear of oil and
grease.
Tools Required
• 09–925–01 Cleaning Adapter Kit with Charge Air Cooler Pressure Test Kit – (ZTSE4341)
• Spray bottle with soapy water
Equipment Condition
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) is removed from truck.
2292 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Figure 1020 CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit (Off Chassis) 09–925–01 With CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Included
1. CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, attach safety cables to High-Pressure Charge Air
Cooler (HPCAC) or a known good anchor point.
CAUTION: Adjust air regulator valve to minimum setting before connecting shop air supply. Accidentally applying
high-pressure can damage tool components or HPCAC.
1. Open air valve slightly, slowly increasing to 30 psi (206.8 kPa).
2. Close air valve and monitor gauge reading for 15 seconds.
• Reading should not drop more than 5 psi.
• If reading falls more than 5 psi (34 kPa), spray connections and High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
(HPCAC) with soapy water to determine point of leak (air bubbles should appear).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 three times to verify reading.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2297
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) will hold air pressure.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2298 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test verifies the internal integrity of the Interstage Cooler (ISC) by using compressed air to check for defects
and leaks. This test also ensures no coolant leakage-to-intake, or charge air-to-coolant leak can occur.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, tighten pressure test kit properly prior to testing.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep mating surfaces and hoses clear of oil and
grease.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: To avoid damage to equipment, limit the amount of pressure used in this test to 30 psi.
Tools Required
• Air pressure regulator
• Interstage Cooler Test Kit (Test Kit being developed)
• Spray bottle with soapy water
Equipment Condition
ISC removed from truck.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2299
Test Setup
2300 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Connect air pressure regulator to air intake side ( (Figure 1027)) of ISC and pressurize to 30 psi (207 kPa).
2. Spray a soapy water solution on ISC. Look for leaks from hose connections, ISC, or test components.
• If a leak is detected on ISC or if test gauge pressure drops, replace ISC.
3. Connect regulator with shop air source and pressurize the coolant supply port ( (Figure 1027)) of ISC to 30
psi (207 kPa).
4. Spray a soapy water solution on ISC. Look for leaks from hose connections, ISC, or test components
• If a leak is detected on ISC or if test gauge pressure drops, replace ISC.
Expected Outcome
No signs of leaks will be detected and the pressure gauge will remain steady on both the air and coolant sides
of the Interstage Cooler (ISC).
Follow-On Procedure
None
2302 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test verifies that crankcase pressure is within specification while isolating worn or damaged parts.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, when routing test line, do not crimp line, run line
too close to moving parts, or let line touch hot engine. Secure the Manometer and test line to not obstruct
vehicle operation.
Tools Required
• Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039
• Digital Manometer ZTSE2217
• Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A
• Standard shop bolt (to plug intake tube)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck-mounted components to access oil breather tubes and install test equipment.
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2. Press accelerator pedal to the floor and hold. While pedal is pressed to the floor, allow manometer reading
to stabilize then record pressure reading.
3. Turn engine OFF.
4. If engine has an air compressor, disconnect the compressor discharge line and repeat steps 1 through 4.
2306 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Engine crankcase pressure(s) will be within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2307
Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Coolant Heater.
WARNING: To prevent serious personal injury or death due to electric shock from 120 Volts
Alternating Current (VAC), ensure conditions are appropriate and certified protective apparel is worn.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Engine must be cold to perform this test.
Test Procedure
Figure 1033 External Plug Shown with Lid Removed for Clarity
Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and coolant heater will heat when plugged in.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2309
Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Oil Pan Heater.
WARNING: To prevent serious personal injury or death due to electric shock from 120 Volts
Alternating Current (VAC), ensure conditions are appropriate and certified protective apparel is worn.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Ensure engine is cold prior to performing this test.
Test Procedure
Figure 1035 Oil Pan Heater Plug (Shown with Cover Removed for Clarity)
1. Measure resistance at external plug for Oil Pan / Coolant Heater (Figure 1035).
• Reading should be approximately 12 ohms. If unit is equipped with both a Coolant and Oil Pan Heater,
they are wired on the same plug and reading should be approximately 8.5 ohms. If reading is within
specifications, go to step 3.
• If reading is not within specifications, go to step 2.
2. Disconnect cord from Oil Pan Heater (Figure 1034) on left side of engine oil pan. Measure resistance at
terminals on heater itself.
• If reading is approximately 12 ohms, cord needs to be replaced.
• If reading is not approximately 12 ohms, install cord and go to step 3.
3. Connect standard extension cord between wall outlet and truck-mounted plug (Figure 1035).
4. Wait 2 to 3 minutes, and check to see if Engine Oil Pan Heater (Figure 1034) is heating up by feeling the
area where cord attaches.
Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and Oil Pan Heater will heat when plugged in.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2311
Overview
Verify proper operation of the deaeration tank cap.
WARNING: To avoid possible injury or death, use care when working around hot coolant.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.
Tools Required
• ZTSE2384 Radiator Pressure Testing Kit or 09–040–01 Coolant Cap Pressure Tester
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2313
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Determine rated pressure of deaeration tank cap.
2. Test dearation cap following the tool instructions for the tester being used.
3. Replace cap if not within specification.
Expected Outcome
Cap will hold rated pressure.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2314 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The following test is used to verify integrity of cooling system by using air pressure. Applying air pressure ensures
system has no leaks. The system should hold pressure indicating there are no leaks in the system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do following when removing radiator cap or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn cap counter-clockwise to remove.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure shop-air pressure is properly regulated.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
Equipment Condition
1. Remove splash guards (as necessary).
2. Cooling system full.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2315
Test Setup
1. Replace deaeration cap with cap adapter (Figure 1039) (Item 5) from Coolant Management Tool.
2. Connect Pressure Module (Figure 1039) (Item 3) to cap adapter (Figure 1039) (Item 5).
3. Apply shop air to Pressure Module (Figure 1039) (Item 3).
2316 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Engine cooling system holds steady air pressure.
Follow-on Procedure
Replace splash guards (if removed).
2318 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is to determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be aware of hot coolant being expelled from the
deaeration tank during this test.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (ServiceMaxx™ Connection and Data Recording, page 2096).
Test Procedure
1. Use ServiceMaxx™ software to view Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1).
2. Start and run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.
3. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflowing from deaeration tank.
4. Run engine temperature above 225°F (107°C) and radiator intake temperature above 200°F (93°C).
5. Monitor ECT1 and note if temperature exceeds normal operating temperature. Check for coolant overflowing
out of deaeration tank overflow hose.
Expected Outcome
Coolant will not exceed normal operating temperature and coolant will not be expelled from overflow hose on
deaeration tank.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2319
Overview
Determine if engine thermostat opens when engine reaches operating temperature by monitoring upper radiator
hose temperature.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799
Equipment Condition
1. Allow engine to cold soak.
2. Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2355).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124) and log in.
3. Check for active or inactive fault codes related to coolant temperature. If present, diagnose and repair these
faults.
Test Procedure
1. Using ServiceMaxx™ software, select > Sessions > Default > Temperature.
2. After engine is cold soaked, verify following sensor signals are approximately equal. If not, diagnose and
repair sensor or circuit problem.
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
3. Start engine.
4. Monitor upper radiator hose temperature using Infrared Thermometer.
5. Run engine to operating temperature. Upper radiator hose temperature should be less than ECT1 while
thermostat is closed. As ECT1 reaches approximately 190°F (88°C), a working thermostat will begin to
open, and the upper radiator hose should heat up.
Does upper radiator hose temperature increase to ECT1 ±5°F after engine warms up past thermostat opening
temperature specification?
• No, ECT1 value continues to rise and upper radiator hose remains cooler. Replace thermostat and retest.
• No, ECT1 never reaches 190°F (88°C). Replace thermostat and retest.
• Yes, thermostat is working properly.
2320 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Upper radiator hose temperature will increase to within ±5°F of ECT1 after engine warms up past thermostat
opening temperature specification.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2321 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2322 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to check the engine cooling fan for proper operation.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
none
Test Setup
1. Remove Engine Fan Relay
Test Procedure
1. Key OFF.
2. Using DMM, measure resistance between relay terminals 30 and 87.
• If resistance is > 1000 ohms, continue.
• If resistance is < 1000 ohms, replace rela.y
3. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2323
4. Key ON.
5. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, continue.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short to GND in Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit between ECM pin C-58 and
Engine Fan Relay.
6. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and a known good ground.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, perform Engine Fan Clutch tests. See appropriate truck service manual.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short in vehicle wiring harness between engine fan power feed and engine
fan switched power circuits.
Expected outcome
Engine Fan Relay is not stuck closed, no circuit shorts are present, and fan clutch is not mechanically stuck on.
2324 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to check if the air compressor is leaking air into the cooling system.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
No coolant will leak from oil return hose.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2326 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
To determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank due to a
faulty air compressor.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Disconnect discharge tube from air compressor housing.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine and run until reaching normal operating temperature.
2. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank.
3. Run engine to above 225°F / radiator intake temperature above 200°F.
4. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank overflow hose.
Expected Outcome
Air Compressor will not cause coolant to be expelled from overflow hose on deaeration tank.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2327
Overview
Check for presence of combustion gasses and/or compressed air in the cooling system.
Tools Required
• Combustion in Cooling System Test Kit – 09-889-01
Equipment Condition
None
Test set-up
1. Remove cap from deaeration tank and if necessary, fill coolant to proper level.
2. Install Cap Adapter (item 2) and combustion Tester (item 3) onto deaeration tank (item 1) (Figure 1044).
2328 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Fill test beaker (item 1) (Figure 1045) to half way mark with clean tap water and place it on a stable surface.
4. Insert combustion tester tube (item 2) (Figure 1045) into water.
Test Procedure
1. Start Engine
2. Observe tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
3. Slowly increase engine speed to high idle while observing tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
4. Return engine speed to low idle and turn engine off.
Expected Outcome
There will not be a steady flow of air bubbles escaping from tester tube.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2329
Overview
This test is used to check Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for coolant leakage.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV
• EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Chock wheels and disconnect battery.
2. Drain cooling system using Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
3. Remove passenger side inner fender.
4. Remove alternator.
5. Remove alternator mounting bracket.
6. Remove coolant supply and coolant return tubes from front of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler.
Figure 1046 Deaeration Fitting with EGR Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV
2330 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Attach plug 20020-1 from EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV onto deaeration fitting as shown in
Figure (Figure 1046).
Figure 1047 Coolant Ports and Coolant Port Plug Assembly 20020-2
8. Attach coolant port plug assembly 20020-2 into coolant ports, as shown in Figure (Figure 1047).
9. Attach a pressure regulator with a shut-off valve to air hose fitting (an extension hose may be necessary to
reach, as shown in Figure (Figure 1048)). Ensure air hose and fittings are free of any leaks, as they will
appear as false EGR cooler leaks.
Test Procedure
1. Pressurize Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler to 55 psi (379 kPa) and shut off air valve.
2. Monitor gauge for 10 minutes.
Expected Outcome
Pressure should drop less than 5 psi.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2332 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verifies that the instrument cluster gauge is functioning properly. The gauge reading and sensor signal value
are compared to ensure proper operation and proper reading for the operator to monitor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Check for any active or inactive code(s) relating to coolant temperature (repair these first).
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2333
2. Monitor and compare ECT1 sensor signal (Figure 1049) and instrument cluster engine coolant temperature
gauge.
3. Bring ECT up to operating temperature and continue to monitor readings for consistency.
Expected Outcome
Instrument Cluster Temperature Gauge and Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT1) sensor signal value will read
approximately the same.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2334 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verifies internal integrity of engine oil cooler. This test uses special tools and compressed air to ensure coolant
and lube oil do not mix in the assembly.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to oil cooler assembly, regulate compressed air to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Tools Required
• Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4654
• Air Pressure Regulator
• Spray Bottle and Soapy Water
Equipment Condition
1. Remove any truck mounted components to gain access to engine oil cooler assembly.
2. Remove engine oil cooler (refer to Engine Service Manual).
Test Setup
1. Attach oil cooler test plate (Figure 1051) (Item 4) to engine oil cooler assembly (Figure 1051) (Item 3).
2. Install port valve in oil cooler test plate (Figure 1051) (Item 4) in coolant port; close valve.
3. Fill oil ports up to 1 / 4 - in. from the top with soapy water.
4. Attach regulated shop air to port valve (Figure 1051) (Item 2). Do not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Test Procedure
1. Open port valve to allow regulated air to enter oil cooler housing.
2. Observe oil cooler housing ports for bubbles.
3. Spray oil cooler housing and test plate with soapy water to ensure air is not leaking.
4. Close valve, and remove and vent compressed air.
5. Disassemble test plate and drain water.
6. Use compressed air to dry inside and outside of oil cooler assembly (if re-using).
2336 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Oil cooler assembly will not have bubbles in oil ports or on outside of cooler assembly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2337
Overview
The Oil Pressure Verification Test verifies the electronic signal for Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. This test
utilizes a mechanical gauge to compare sensor output to actual EOP.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 2124).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2338 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 to test port on Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor (Figure 1052) as
shown above (if engine is equipped with an air compressor, an in-line adapter should be used here).
Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Increase engine speed to high idle.
4. At high idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.
Expected Outcome
The Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) reading on mechanical gauge and EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™
software should be within specification and approximately the same.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2339
Follow-on Procedure
None
2340 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verifies the electronic signal to and from the readout of the instrument cluster engine oil pressure gauge
approximately matches the actual mechanical reading. This test uses a mechanical gauge and ServiceMaxx™
software to simultaneously read Engine Oil Pressure (EOP).
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2341
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor the mechanical gauge for the engine oil pressure reading. Compare this reading to the
value displayed in ServiceMaxx™ software, as well as the value displayed on the instrument panel gauge.
2342 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
The mechanical gauge, ServiceMaxx™ software, and the instrument cluster gauge will all read approximately
the same, indicating the sensor and gauge are working correctly.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2343
Overview
This test is performed to verify the centrifugal oil breather separator is functioning properly. The breather is
checked for internal movement by listening for centrifugal noise.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, make sure the parking brake is set, the
transmission is in neutral or park, and the wheels are blocked when running the engine in the service
bay.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of moving parts. Ensure that any long
hair or loose clothing is secured appropriately.
Tools Required
• Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4000
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Engine coolant temperature above 158°F (70°C).
3. Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4800 set up with contact probe installed.
2344 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Centrifugal or spinning sound will be heard inside the Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS).
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2345
Engine Brake
Engine Brake Operational Check
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2347
Overview
Verify the fuel system is clean and free of damage.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Visually inspect the condition and routing of fuel lines and connections.
• If fuel lines or connections are damaged or routed incorrectly, repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuel lines and connections are in good condition and routed correctly, go to step 2.
2. Remove fuel pump and fuel strainer. Inspect fuel strainer, fuel pump, and O-ring seals for cleanliness and
damage.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are dirty or damaged, replace as required.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are clean and not damaged, go to step 3.
3. Remove fuel filter and inspect for: sediments, gasoline, kerosene, waxing, or icing.
• If fuel filter is dirty or damaged, replace fuel filter.
• If fuel filter is clean, go to next test.
4. Inspection is complete.
Expected Outcome
Fuel lines, fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel connections are clean and not damaged.
2350 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Drain fuel filter assembly and check fuel quality.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
NOTE: Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel is required for Navistar® Diesel Engines used with advanced
aftertreatment systems.
NOTE: Do not continue diagnostic procedures if fuel is contaminated.
Tools Required
• Clear fuel container
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2351
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Fuel is free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2352 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This inspection is to verify that the instrument panel fuel gauge indicates the correct fuel level in the fuel tanks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect interior of fuel tanks and ensure fuel level is equal in both tanks.
2. Check instrument panel fuel gauge and verify that indicated fuel level is consistent with actual fuel level.
Expected Outcome
Fuel gauge should function properly and indicate correct fuel level in fuel tanks.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2353
Overview
The following procedure is for the inspection of engine oil level and engine oil quality.
NOTE: API CJ-4 oils are recommended for use in high-speed diesel engines with advanced-exhaust
aftertreatment systems that meet on-highway exhaust emissions standards for year 2007 and beyond.
NOTE: If inspection indicated that engine oil is contaminated or diluted, engine oil and filter must be replaced.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
2354 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
1. Use oil level gauge (dipstick) (Figure 1061) (Item A) to check engine oil level.
• If engine oil level is below specification, inspect engine for leaks, oil consumption, or improper servicing.
Repair cause of low engine oil prior to filling to proper level.
• If engine oil level is above specification, inspect for fuel dilution, coolant contamination, or improper
servicing. If engine oil level is above specification, drain to proper level and diagnose cause of dilution,
contamination, or improper servicing.
Expected Outcome
Oil level should be within specification and free of dilution, coolant contamination, and improper servicing.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2355
Overview
The following procedure is to inspect that coolant in the deaeration tank is at appropriate level and free of
contamination.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Coolant level should be within specification and free of contaminants.
2356 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check coolant for proper freeze point, and for contamination.
Tools Required
• Coolant and Battery Refractometer ZTSE4796
Equipment Condition
• Park the vehicle on level ground.
• If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
Inspection Procedure
1. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap.
2. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
3. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
4. Check coolant appearance for signs of contamination.
5. Take a sample from the deaeration tank.
6. Examine sample for lube oil and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
• Oil contamination will result in a dark sludge.
• DEF contamination will give the coolant a dark yellow/brown color with a strong ammonia smell.
7. If coolant is not contaminated, check freeze point.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be free of contamination, and at the correct freeze point.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2357
Overview
Determine if engine coolant is in the exhaust system.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Inspection Procedure
1. Park the vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Slowly turn cap counter-clockwise one-quarter to one-half
turn to vent pressure. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 (with appropriate adapter if needed) onto the deaeration
tank.
4. Disconnect the exhaust pipe at the exhaust brake housing (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
6. Inspect exhaust pipe and brake housing for presence of engine coolant and engine coolant residue.
Expected Outcome
Exhaust system will not have engine coolant or engine coolant residue.
2358 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect the Interstage Cooler (ISC) and the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow for evidence of
coolant.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow clamp (Figure 1063) (Item 2).
4. Remove intake elbow (Figure 1063) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 1063) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 1063) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
1. Check intake elbow (Figure 1064) (Item A) and ISC (Figure 1064) (Item B) for wet coolant and the residue
of coolant.
Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the ISC or the HP-Turbocharger intake elbow.
2360 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check engine cooling system for proper level and leaks.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Park vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Check coolant level. Compare coolant level to level indicators on the deaeration tank. If coolant level is low,
add coolant.
4. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384.
5. Pressurize cooling system.
6. Check both sides of vehicle for coolant, leaks, and coolant on the ground.
7. If coolant is leaking, determine what component is leaking.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be at the correct level. There should be no visible coolant leaks.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2361
Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger and intake elbow for evidence of coolant.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE238
Equipment Condition
1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove intake elbow (Figure 1065) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 1065) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 1065) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).
2362 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect HP Turbocharger housing intake (Figure 1066) (Item A) and intake elbow (Figure 1066) (Item B) for
coolant and coolant residue.
Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the HP Turbocharger housing intake and intake elbow.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2363
Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (CAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), and CAC piping for leaking, worn,
or damaged parts.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. On right side of engine inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 1067) (Item D),
associated hoses (Figure 1067) (Item B), and clamps (Figure 1067) (Item C) for leaks and worn or damaged
parts.
2. Inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 1068) (Item D), Interstage Cooler (ISC) (Figure
1068) (Item A), associated hoses (Figure 1068) (Item B), clamps (Figure 1068) (Item C) and connections
(Figure 1068) (Item E) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.
Expected Outcome
HPCAC, ISC, hoses, clamps and connections are free of leaks, wear, or damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2365
Overview
Inspect the air filter and air intake assembly for blockages and / or damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for a dirty, damaged, or incorrectly installed air filter.
• If air filter is clean, undamaged, and correctly installed, go to next step.
• If air filter is dirty or damaged, replace air filter.
2. Inspect for air flow restrictions in air intake tubing, tubing connections, and filter housing.
• If air flow is restricted repair air flow restrictions.
• If no air flow restriction is found, no action is required.
Expected Outcome
Air filter, air intake tubing, and air filter housing are free of damage and restrictions. Intake air restriction should
be less than 25 in Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and at rated speed.
2366 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is used to check for signs of coolant leakage into front gear train.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove necessary components for removal of front cover.
2. Remove front cover.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect gasket (Figure 1069) (Item B), sealing surface (Figure 1069) (Item C), and coolant passages (Figure
1069) (Item D).
2. Check front cover (Figure 1069) (Item A) and crankcase with straight edge and feeler gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2367
Expected Outcome
Gasket is in good condition, and there is no evidence of coolant leakage. Cover straightness is within
specification.
2368 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect exhaust and aftertreatment system for leaks and damage.
Black staining in exhaust tailpipe can occur. This is normal and the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should not be
replaced.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect exhaust system (engine and vehicle) for restrictions, leaks, and damage.
2. Visually inspect Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI) fuel supply lines (Figure 1070) (Item B) and coolant
supply and return lines (Figure 1070) (Items E and F) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
3. Remove AFT: DI (see Engine Service Manual) and perform visual check for the following:
• The correct AFT: DI gasket (Figure 1070) (Item C) is installed.
• AFT: DI (Figure 1070) (Item A) and bore (Figure 1070) (Item D) are unrestricted and free of carbon
buildup.
• AFT: DI tip (Figure 1070) (Item A) is free of cracks and other visible damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2369
Expected Outcome
Exhaust system (engine and vehicle) will be free of restrictions, leaks, and/or damage. AFT: DI fuel supply and
coolant supply return lines will be free of leaks, kinks, bends, and/or other damage.
2370 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) channels for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage.
Inspect exterior for container damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Index and mark components to show direction of exhaust flow. Mark Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) to ensure
proper installation after filter has been cleaned or replaced.
1. DPF (Figure 1071) (Item 7) may need to be removed for inspection. There are several variations of
exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All variations have the same components and
removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2371
Inspection Procedure
Figure 1072 New Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) - face is clear and all channels are visible
1. Inspect the exterior of the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (Figure 1071) (Item 7).
2. If the DPF shows signs of exterior damage such as dents or cracks, replace DPF.
3. Inspect the DPF intake and outlet.
4. If all channels are visible (Figure 1072) and the light soot coating over the whole face is easily wiped away
with a finger, system is working correctly. No action is required.
5. If the DPF is plugged with ash, remove DPF and clean or replace.
6. If filter is cracked or melted, the source of the excessive soot that caused the cracking or melting must be
investigated and the filter must be replaced.
7. Follow Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and DPF Reuse Guidelines in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2372 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should be free of contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage. DPF channels
should be free of restrictions.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2373
Overview
Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed
cells.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Before removal, mark the DOC to show the direction of exhaust flow. Marking the DOC ensures proper
installation after the DOC has been cleaned or replaced.
1. The Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) may need to be removed to be inspected. There are several variations
of exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All of the variations have the same components
and the removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the
Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2374 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect DOC.
2. If black soot or gray ash is visible on the face of the DOC, the system is working properly. The DOC can be
reused.
3. If inspection shows separation between the substrate and housing(Item A)(Figure 1074), the DOC can be
reused.
4. If DOC cells are melted or deformed, determine the cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures.
5. Repair cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures. Replace the DOC. Follow procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
Expected Outcome
DOC should be free of restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed cells.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2375
Overview
Inspect Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Check SCR canister (Figure 1075) (Item A) for exterior damage such as dents or cracks.
2. Check sensors (Figure 1075) (Item E) and sensor modules (Figure 1075) (Item B) for visual damage.
3. Check for loose, damaged, brittle, or cracked wiring or electrical connectors (Figure 1075) (Item D).
2376 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. Check for loose or damaged mounting bolts (Figure 1075) (Item C) or nut (Figure 1075) (Item F).
5. Correct items that fail visual check(s).
Expected Outcome
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister should be free of dents of cracks. Sensors and sensor modules
should be free of visual damage. Wiring and electrical connectors should pass visual inspection and be in good
working order.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2377
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU) for inspection. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2378 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
Figure 1077 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU) Tip
A. DEF Dosing Unit tip
1. Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEF: DU) (Figure 1077) (Item A) tip for DEF deposits.
• If DEF deposits are found, the DEF: DU must be cleaned. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEF: DU tip is free of DEF deposits, go to next step.
2. Check that DEF: DU coolant passages (Figure 1078) (Item A) are clean.
• If DEF: DU coolant passages need to be cleaned, follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment
System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEF: DU coolant passages are clean, go to Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection (Decomposition
Reactor Tube Inspection, page 2380).
3. Visually inspect DEF pressure line (Figure 1079) (Item A), DEF suction line (Figure 1079) (Item C), and DEF
return line (Figure 1079) (Item B) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
Expected Outcome
DEF: DU tip should be free of DEF deposits and coolant passages should be clean.
2380 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
• If the DEF deposits in the mixer area are blocking more than 50% of the decomposition reactor tube,
the decomposition reactor tube must be cleaned.
2. Inspect the exhaust flanges for corrosion or other damage.
3. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2381
Expected Outcome
Decomposition reactor tube should be free from blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
2382 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) for contamination and proper urea concentration.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
urea. Do not get DEF in eyes. In case of eye contact, immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water
for a minimum of 15 minutes. Do not swallow. If DEF is ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Tools Required
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Refractometer 5025
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Obtain sample of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2. Visually inspect for contamination.
3. Use DEF Refractometer 5025 to test urea concentration of DEF.
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) should be free of contamination and urea concentration should be 32.5% +/- 1.5%.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2383
Overview
Determine the approximate level of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in the DEF tank and operation of the DEF level
gauge.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Inspection Procedure
1. Use shop light or flashlight to check DEF level in tank related to tank volume. Example: 1/4 full, 1/2 full.
2. Compare DEF tank level to gauge reading.
3. DEF level should be roughly equivalent to amount shown on DEF level Gauge.
2384 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in DEF tank should be close to the level indicated on the DEF level gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2385
Overview
Inspect oil in oil pan for coolant contamination.
NOTE: Oil cooler coolant leakage to oil will occur only when coolant pressure is higher than oil pressure.
Diagnosis and repairs will not be authorized based solely on oil analysis.
Tools Required
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for crankcase being overfilled.
2. Remove drain plug from oil pan and drain oil to obtain an oil sample.
3. Inspect oil sample for signs of coolant. Contaminated oil will have a light-gray or black sludgy appearance.
If crankcase is over-full, this is also a sign of coolant to lube oil contamination.
Expected Outcome
Oil is not contaminated with coolant.
2386 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check oil pressure regulator for damage, binding, or sticking.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove regulator valve spring and piston (see Engine Service Manual).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2387
Inspection Procedure
1. Check regulator valve spring (Figure 1083) (Item A) for collapsed, damaged, and broken coils.
2. Check regulator piston (Figure 1083) (Item B) and bore (Figure 1083) (Item C) for scoring.
Expected Outcome
Oil pressure regulator will have no broken parts, will not bind or stick, and surfaces will show no signs of scoring
or excessive wear.
2388 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect cylinder sleeves for holes or cracks caused by cavitation (gas-filled bubbles formed in the coolant).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove cylinder head. See Engine Service Manual.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect piston crowns for signs of coolant leaks. Lack of carbon indicates possible coolant leak into the
cylinder.
2. Bar engine over until pistons 1 and 6 are at Bottom Dead Center (BDC). Visually inspect cylinder sleeve for
cracks or holes.
3. Inspect cylinder sleeves 1 and 6 for possible cavitation leaks and/or cracks.
4. Repeat for cylinders pairs 2-5 and 3-4.
5. Repair as needed.
Expected Outcome
Carbon deposits should be present on piston crowns, indicating cylinder sleeves are free of holes and cracks.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2389
Overview
The goal of this inspection is to inspect for internal components leaking larger than normal amounts of oil or
damaged internal parts.
Tools Required
• Regulator assembly
Equipment Condition
1. Oil drained.
2. Oil pan removed (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
2390 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Check for missing or broken piston cooling jets (Figure 1086) (Item C).
4. Use regulated shop air to check for loose bearings, cam bushings, or excessive flow from regulator valve
return port.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2391
Expected Outcome
No internal engine damage or excessive engine lube oil leaking will be found.
2392 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger for excessive radial play.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove compressor housing from High Pressure (HP) Turbocharger.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel for signs of contact including
damage to the compressor wheel and/or scaring to the compressor housing.
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger compressor wheel does not have excessive play, and does not contact the
inside of the compressor wheel housing, and is free from damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2393
Overview
Inspect batteries, electrical system, and connections to help identify corroded connections, voltage drops, verify
proper battery voltage, and identify damaged electrical connections and components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, disconnect the main battery negative terminal
before disconnecting or connecting electrical components. Always connect ground cable last.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, assure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Tools Required
• Digital Multi-Meter (DMM)
• Flash light (optional)
• Battery charger
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect batteries and battery connections. If connections are corroded, loose, or damaged; clean and
reinstall battery connections. If batteries are cracked or damaged replace as necessary.
2. If applicable, check batteries electrolyte level. If electrolyte is below the top of the plates in one or more
cells, add distilled water.
3. Inspect electrical system for damaged electrical components or wiring, and loose connections (including
engine grounds and starter connections). Repair damaged or loose components or connections.
4. Measure voltage of batteries. If voltage is less than 12.6 volts, charge batteries, and test charging system.
Expected Outcome
Batteries, wiring, electrical connections, and electrical components are clean, connections are tight, and not
damaged. Batteries voltage 12.6-15 volts.
2394 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Aftertreatment
Snap Acceleration Test
Overview
This test is used to check the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for cracks or internal damage without removing it
from vehicle. The test checks for basic functionality of the DPF and should be done prior to removing it.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. The transmission must be in neutral and the parking brake applied.
2. Start and idle the engine.
3. Rapidly snap the accelerator to full throttle (this can be done multiple times).
4. During the engine accelerations, visually monitor the exhaust pipe for heavy black smoke. Use assistant if
necessary.
Expected Outcome
There will not be heavy clouds of black smoke exiting the exhaust pipe. Black smoke is an indication of a failure
in the Aftertreatment (AFT) system, specifically the DPF.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2395
Overview
This test uses a special tool and a system test to determine if a faulty downstream injector is due to an electronic
control malfunction and/or wiring or a Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly fault. Separating the command
circuit and DSI Assembly allows for proper diagnosis of the Downstream Injection System.
CAUTION: Do NOT disconnect the Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly harnesses or plug in the NOID Light
with the Key ON. Doing so will give false test results, resulting in improper diagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• NOID Light – 15-909-01
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector(page 2124).
2. Log into ServiceMaxx™.
3. Key OFF.
2396 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFT: FPC) connector (Figure 1087) (Item 2) from
Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly (Figure 1087) (Item 3).
5. Plug NOID Light (15-909-01) into AFT: FPC harness.
Test Procedure
1. Key ON.
2. Use ServiceMaxx™ to perform the KOEO DCU Actuator Test(page 2156).
• Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DCU Actuators.
• In the drop down menu select "AFT Fuel Pressure CTL".
• Ensure "On (95% Duty Cycle)" is selected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2397
5. Unplug NOID Light, and plug AFT: FPC connector back into DSI Assembly (Figure 1088)(Item 2).
2398 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Unplug Aftertreatment Fuel Enable Control (AFT: FEC) connector from the DSI Assembly (Figure 1087)
(Item 4).
7. Plug NOID Light into AFT: FEC harness.
8. Key ON.
9. Use ServiceMaxx™ to perform the KOEO DCU Actuator Test(page 2156).
• Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DCU Actuators.
• In the drop down menu select "AFT Fuel Enable CTL".
• Ensure "On" is selected.
• Click "Start Test".
10. Observe NOID Light during test.
• Steady on or Flashing light indicates the electrical control and wiring for the DSI Assembly is working
properly.
• No light indicates an electrical circuit or control fault.
Expected Outcome
NOID Light will indicate if command signals and wiring are working properly for the Downstream Injection (DSI)
Assembly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2399
Table of Contents
Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2416
Fluid Specifications and Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2416
2400 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2401
All Ratings
Position Sensors
Engine Specifications
Key-On Engine-Off
Key-On Engine-Off
Engine oil pressure (2010 Emissions Model Year) -3.0 to 3.0 psi (-20.68 to 20.68 kPa)
Engine oil pressure (2013 Emissions Model Year) -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Fuel pump OFF, pressure bled down -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)
Fuel delivery pressure with fuel pump on and using a 70 to 100 psi (483 to 689 kPa)
mechanical gauge.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) 0 kPa (0 psi) / 0.72 V with fuel pump off
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2403
Position Sensors
Key-On Engine-Off
Engine Cranking
20 seconds maximum crank time per attempt. Wait 2 to 3 minutes before repeating.
Injection control pressure (min to start engine) 5 MPa (725 psi) / 0.95 V
EGR control 35 %
Engine coolant temperature (at thermostat opening) 85 °C (185 °F) ± 2.78 °C (5 °F)
1.26 V ± 0.4 V
Engine oil temperature should not go 5.5 °C (10 °F) above engine coolant temperature.
Engine oil pressure (min with gauge) 214 kPa (31 psi) / 2.19 V
Crankcase Pressure
High idle no load - max. using ZTSE4039 1.5 kPa (6 in. H2O)
Full Load, Rated Speed on Dynamometer, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs
8138 Hz (max)
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2405
Engine Coolant Temperatures ECT1, ECT2, Engine Oil Temp, Intake Manifold Temp (IMAT) Specs
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temp (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temp (DPFIT), Diesel
Particulate Outlet Temp (DPFOT) Specs
Overview
This chart shows target exhaust gas temperatures at various soot loads in the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF).
This chart is for reference only and requires other tests and analysis to be performed in order to use it properly.
DPF Soot Load (%) Exhaust Gas Target Temperature (DPFIT) DTC
0 - 50 1067°F (575°C)
62.5 1044.5°F (562.5°C)
75 1022°F (550°C)
87.5 999.5°F (537.5°C)
100 977°F (525°C)
No DTC
112.5 963.5°F (517.5°C)
125 950°F (510°C)
137.5 936.5°F (502.5°C)
150 923°F (495°C)
164 909.5°F (487°C)
182 896°F (480°C) SPN 3251 FMI 15
200 896°F (480°C)
SPN 3251 FMI 16
236.8 896°F (480°C)
250 896°F (480°C) SPN 3251 FMI 0
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2407
Other Components
Navistar® 9 (9.3L)
300 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWC)
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Navistar® 10 (9.3L)
310 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWG)
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Torque converter stall (automatic transmission) 1900 rpm or greater @ 5 seconds or less
Full load, ECM rated speed at highway, stabilized engine operating temperature
Fluids
Fluid Specifications and Info
Fuel
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not mix gasoline, gasohol, or alcohol with diesel
fuel. An open heat source, spark, cell phone or electronic device can ignite these fuel mixtures. This
creates a fire hazard and possible explosion.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not mix propane with diesel fuel. Navistar® will not honor warranty
claims against engines that have used propane.
Engine Lubrication Oil
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
If oil level is below operating range, fill with recommended oil for operating climate. The ADD mark indicates 3
quarts US (2.8 liters) of oil should be added.
API CJ-4 oil, in combination with Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel [0.0015% (15 ppm) maximum sulfur
content], is recommended to maintain performance and durability of aftertreatment systems meeting 2007 and
beyond diesel emission regulations.
The Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) defines oil viscosity (thickness) by grade. Colder temperatures
require lower grade oils for correct flow during starting. Higher temperatures require higher grade oils for
satisfactory lubrication.
• An oil pan and block coolant heater is required for temperatures below 10 °F (-12 °C).
• For heavy duty driving or trailer towing, higher oil grades 15W-40 and 5W-40 oils are required, if temperatures
are over 50 °F (10 °C).
API classification CI-4 or later for 15W-40: above 10°F (-12°C), and below 10°F (-12°C).
Coolant
Coolant Mixtures
Extended Life Coolant (ELC) 50/50 Premix is the standard factory fill for the cooling system. ELC 50/50 Premix is
used to replenish coolant loss and ensure that glycol / water concentrations stay in balance. If a customer wishes
to use a conventional (non-OAT ELC) coolant, it should minimally meet ASTM D6210, Standard Specification
for fully - Formulated Glycol Base Engine Coolant for Heavy Duty Engines.
Freeze Point Protection Levels Concentrate (ethylene glycol) and Water Mixtures
Concentrate and Water Mixtures Freeze Point Protection
40% concentrate and 60% water -12 °F (-24.4 °C)
50% concentrate and 50% water -34 °F (-36.7 °C)
60% concentrate and 40% water -62 °F (-52.2 °C)
67% concentrate and 33% water -95 °F (-70.6 °C)
For vehicles operating in extremely cold climates, a coolant mixture of 60% Concentrate and 40% water or 67%
Concentrate and 33% water provide freeze protection as shown in previous table. Mixtures having more than
67% Concentrate are not recommended.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2419
Table of Contents
Electrical Tools
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 (20-way DEF Harness Interconnect)
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 20-way
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) harness interconnect.
Breakout Harness 18-801-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Ammonia
(NH3) Sensor Module.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Supply Module.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2423
Breakout Harness 18-047-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid DEF Line 3 Heater (Pressure).
Breakout Harness 18-046-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 2 Heater (Return).
2424 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-045-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 1 Heater (Supply).
Breakout Harness 18-124-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Tank Level and Temperature Sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2425
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 (NOx Out and DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) Out and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC / DPF) temperature sensor
module.
Breakout Harness 12-575-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Particle
Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor.
2426 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 (NOx In Sensor Module and SCR Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) In sensor module and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module.
Breakout Harness 12-574-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 8-way
Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) Jumper Harness.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2427
Breakout Harness 18-250-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Jumper Harness.
Breakout Harness 18-500-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Aftertreatment (AFT) interconnect.
2428 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The DMM ZTSE4357 is used to troubleshoot electrical components, sensors, injector solenoids, relays, and
wiring harnesses. The DMM has a high input impedance that allows testing of sensors while the engine is
running without loading the circuit being tested. This ensures the signal voltage measurement will not be affected
by the voltmeter.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Electronic
Fuel Pump (EFP).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2429
The International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C is used to access circuits in the connector
harness and allows for the use of a Digital Multimeter (DMM) without damaging the harness connectors. The
probes may also be used as a guide to determine whether the harness connector is retaining correct tension on
the mating terminal.
2430 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Accelerator
Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2431
Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Engine
Throttle Valve (ETV).
The Amp Clamp ZTSE4575 is used to measure amperage draw for the Intake Air Heater (IAH).
2432 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits.
The 500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits, and for
performing loaded circuit tests.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2433
Breakout Harness ZTSE4484 is used to measure the voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine
Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR).
Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Oil
Temperature (EOT), Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV).
2434 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Control
Module (ECM) and Actuator (ACT) PWR relays.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2435
Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control Actuator (TC2WG).
Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Exhaust
Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
2436 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Intake
Manifold Pressure (IMP), Injection Control Pressure (ICP), Engine Oil Pressure (EOP), Fuel Delivery Pressure
(FDP), and Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensors.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits to the Starter Relay and
Engine Fan (EFAN) relay.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2437
Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 enables the technician to quickly connect a voltmeter and read voltage signals for
the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve.
2438 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Crankshaft
Position (CKP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Camshaft
Position (CMP) sensor and the Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2439
Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 is used to measure continuity of the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor,
Engine Compression Brake (ECB), and the Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor and High Pressure Turbo Intake
Temperature (HPCIT) sensor.
2440 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Water In Fuel
(WIF) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the 24-pin Engine
/ IP connector.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD).
Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Air
Heater (IAH) relay.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Aftertreatment
(AFT) Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
UVC Wiring (for injector solenoids, ICP sensor, SCB sensor and Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Sensor).
Mechanical Tools
Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
The Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 is used to check pressure caps and cooling systems. The pressure
gauge indicates if the pressure cap holds the correct pressure and whether the cooling system has leaks or
holds pressure.
The Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 is used to measure intake manifold (boost) pressure, fuel system intake
restriction, fuel pressure, oil pressure, air cleaner intake restriction, and crankcase pressure.
• 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) measures intake manifold pressure.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2445
• 0-30 in Hg vacuum / 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) compound gauge measures fuel system intake restriction
and intake manifold pressure.
0-30 in H2O / 0 to 7.5 kPa (0 to 1 psi) maximum pressure magnehelic gauge measures crankcase pressure
and air intake restriction.
• 60 to 1100 kPa (9 to 160 psi) gauge may be used to check the fuel pressure and oil pressure.
The CAC Block Off Kit ZTSE4937 is used to pressure test the interstage cooler (if available) and check for leaks.
2446 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4939 is used to test the integrity of the oil cooler.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2447
The Cylinder Head Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4289A kit includes cylinder head block-off plate,
thermostat-opening block off plate, 0-30 psi gauge with pressure regulator and all necessary hardware.
Thermostat Opening Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4647 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be
used in conjunction with ZTSE4648 and ZTSE4289a.
2448 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Water Supply Press Test Adapter ZTSE4648 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be used
in conjunction with ZTSE4647 and ZTSE4289a.
The ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting ZTSE4927 is used with the High Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4954) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2449
The High Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4954 is used with the ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting (ZTSE4927) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
2450 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01 converts Aftertreatment (AFT) temperature sensor ports to 1/8-in NPT
thread so a standard pressure gauge can be used to measure exhaust pressure.
The IPR Plug Tester ZTSE4816 is used to check the high-pressure pump for inability to reach maximum injection
control pressure.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2451
The Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039 is used to measure combustion gas flow from the valve cover
and may be used with the magnehelic gauge or Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A.
Use the pressure readings obtained with this adapter as the main source of engine condition. Use oil
consumption trend data if the pressure readings are over the specified limits. Neither changes in oil
consumption trends nor crankcase diagnostic pressure trends can establish a specific problem. These changes
only indicate that a problem exists.
2452 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A is a U-shaped tube with a scale mounted between the legs of the
tube. When the portability of the Pressure Test Kit is not required, this manometer is used to measure low
vacuum for intake restriction, low pressure for crankcase, or exhaust back pressure.
Filling
Fill the manometer with water before checking pressure. Use only distilled water. Add some colored water
vegetable dye so the scale can be read more easily. With both legs of the manometer open to the atmosphere,
fill the tube until the top of the fluid column is near the zero mark on the scale. Shake the tube to eliminate any
air bubbles.
Installing, Reading, and Cleaning
1. Support the manometer vertically. Make sure the fluid level is in line with the zero indicator on the graduated
scale.
2. Connect one leg of the manometer to the source of the pressure or vacuum. Leave the other leg open to
atmospheric pressure.
3. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Then run the engine to high idle. The
manometer can be read after 10 seconds.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2453
4. Record the average position of the fluid level when it is above and below the zero indicator. Add the two
figures together. The sum of the two is the total column of fluid (distance A). This represents the crankcase
pressure in inches of water (in-H2O).
At times, both columns of the manometer will not travel the same distance. This is no concern if the leg is
not connected to the pressure or the vacuum source is open to the atmosphere.
5. Compare the manometer reading with engine specifications.
6. When the test is done, clean the tube thoroughly using soap and water. Avoid liquid soaps and solvents.
The Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 is used to check for fuel pressure and aerated fuel in the low-fuel pressure
system.
2454 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657 includes a quick disconnect check valve and fittings that can be used to
make a test line to check fuel pressure at the high-pressure fuel rail.
The Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341 is used to pressurize the charge air cooler and piping to check for
leaks.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2455
The EGR Mixing Bowl Guide Pins ZTSE4945 are used while installing the EGR mixing bowl to not damage the
gasket.
The EGR Valve Puller ZTSE4941 is used to removed the EGR valve without damaging the valve.
2456 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Fuel Intake Restriction and Aeration Tool ZTSE6009 is used to check for pressure and aerated fuel in the
low-fuel pressure system.
The Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 is used with the fuel pressure test fitting for an easy connection
to measure fuel pressure.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2457
The Fuel Test Fitting ZTSE4692 is used to measure fuel intake restriction or fuel pressure.
When measuring fuel intake restriction, the fitting is installed at the diagnostic port (intake-side) of the fuel filter
housing.
When measuring fuel pressure, the fitting can be installed on the fuel rail instead of the Shrader valve.
The Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 can then be connected to the fuel test fitting to measure fuel
pressure or fuel intake restriction.
The Turbo Lifting Bracket ZTSE4942 is used to aid in the removal of the turbo assembly.
The UV Leak Detection Kit ZTSE4618 is used with fuel dye to quickly identify leaks. The fuel dye combines with
fuel and migrates out at the leak. The ultraviolet lamp illuminates the leaking fuel dye, which appears fluorescent
yellow-green in color.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2459
The Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 is used to provide a clean, alternative fuel source to aid in the diagnosis
of the fuel system.
2460 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2461
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2525
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2525
High-pressure Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2526
Brake Control Pressure (BCP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2526
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2526
Magnetic Pickup Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2527
Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2527
Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2527
Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2527
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2528
Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2529
Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2529
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2529
Water In Fuel (WIF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2529
Potentiometer Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2530
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2530
Engine Throttle Valve Control System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2531
Exhaust and Engine Brake System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2532
Exhaust Back Pressure Control (ECBC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2533
Engine Compression Brake Output 1 (ECB1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2534
Brake Pressure Relief Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2534
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2534
High-pressure Oil Manifold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2534
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2535
Operation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2537
Chassis Mounted Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2538
Additional Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2539
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2539
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) IN Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2539
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) OUT Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2539
Oxygen Sensor (O2S). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2540
Humidity Sensor (HS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2541
Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2542
ECM Power Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2543
Actuator Power Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2544
Engine Fan Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2545
Fuel Pump Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2545
Fuel Heater Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2546
Starter Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2547
Engine Identification
Engine Serial Number
The engine serial number is located on the engine emission label on the valve cover.
Figure 1170 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Exhaust Emission Label (example)
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) exhaust emission label is attached on top of the valve cover.
The EPA label typically includes the following:
• Model year
• Engine family, model, and displacement
• Advertised brake horsepower and torque rating
• Emission family and control systems
• Valve lash specifications
• Engine serial number
• EPA, EURO, and reserved fields for specific applications
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2479
Figure 1172 Low- and High-Pressure Turbocharger Components (below 245 hp shown)
1. High-pressure turbine housing 7. High-pressure turbine intake 14. High-pressure turbo oil drain
2. Interstage Cooler (ISC) 8. Low-pressure turbine housing tube
3. High-pressure turbocharger 9. Low-pressure bearing housing 15. Low-pressure turbo oil drain
outlet 10. Low-pressure compressor tube
4. Turbo wastegate actuator housing 16. Turbo oil supply tube assembly
5. Turbocharger 2 Wastegate 11. Air crossover duct 17. Low-pressure turbine outlet
Position (TC2WG) valve 12. Turbo air intake duct
6. High-pressure compressor 13. Low-pressure compressor
housing housing
The high-pressure turbocharger is connected directly to the exhaust manifold through the high-pressure turbine
intake. The high-pressure turbocharger is equipped with a wastegate that regulates the turbocharger boost by
controlling the amount of exhaust gases that pass through the high-pressure turbine. When demand for power
is low (as during cruising speed), the turbocharger wastegate opens, allowing part of the exhaust gas flow to
bypass the high-pressure turbine. The low-pressure turbine is attached directly to the output of the high-pressure
turbine. The exhaust gas enters the low-pressure turbocharger through the low-pressure turbine housing and
exits through the low-pressure turbine outlet.
The ECM commands EGR valve position based on engine speed and load conditions. The EGR control valve
provides feedback to the ECM on current valve position.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2485
The crankcase ventilation system uses an engine-mounted oil separator to return oil to the crankcase. The
excess crankcase pressure is vented to the atmosphere. Oil-extracted blow-by gases flow from the valve cover,
through the crankcase breather intake tube, and into the breather housing assembly. A high-speed centrifugal oil
separator driven by engine oil pressure, separates and directs oil to the side of housing assembly. The separated
oil drains into the oil separator turbine housing, through the crankcase, and into the oil pan. The oil separator is
located inside and toward the top of the housing assembly. The turbine housing also provides oil drainage from
the low-pressure and high-pressure turbochargers. The low-pressure and high-pressure turbocharger oil drain
tubes direct turbocharger drain oil into the turbine housing. The oil drains out of the turbine housing, through the
crankcase, and into the oil pan. Blow-by gases are directed through the breather outlet tube to the atmosphere.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2487
Aftertreatment System
Aftertreatment (AFT) System
The AFT system, part of the larger exhaust system, processes engine exhaust to meet emission requirements.
The AFT system traps particulate matter / soot and prevents it from leaving the tailpipe. The AFT system also
reduces Nitrogen Oxides (NOx).
2488 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
DPF
The DPF does the following:
• Captures and temporarily stores particulate matter / soot
• Allows for oxidation (regeneration) of stored particulate matter / soot once loading reaches a particular level
(restriction)
• Stores non-combustible ash until ash cleaning maintenance is performed
DOC
The DOC does the following:
• Oxidizes hydrocarbons in exhaust stream
• Provides heat for exhaust system warm-up and DPF regeneration
• Aids in system temperature management for the DPF
Sensors
Sensors output an electronic signal based on temperature or pressure. These signals are used by the control
system to regulate the aftertreatment function. The sensors measure the temperature and pressure at the center
of the exhaust flow.
DEF injection is required when NOx levels exceed acceptable limits. The Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
determines when DEF injection is required by monitoring signals from the NOx IN sensor module, NOx OUT
sensor module, and Ammonia (NH3) sensor. When NOx levels are too high, the ACM commands the DEF
Supply Module ON, allowing DEF to be drawn from DEF tank (Figure 1178) (Item 2), through the supply line
(Figure 1178) (Item 6), and on to the DEF supply module (Figure 1178) (Item 5). DEF then exits the supply
module (Figure 1178) (Item 5) and travels to the DEFDU (Figure 1178) (Item 1) through the pressure line (Figure
1178) (Item 4). The ACM then commands the DEFDU ON allowing DEF to be sprayed into the aftertreatment
system.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2491
The Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is a closed loop system that uses the ICP sensor to continuously
provide feedback to the Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM commands the IPR duty cycle to adjust
pressure to match engine requirements.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2495
The Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve receives a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) command from the
Engine Control Module (ECM). This controls the on / off time IPR valve is energized. The on / off time is
controlled by the ECM to meet calibrated desired values. The IPR valve is mounted in body of high-pressure
pump. The IPR valve controls pressure to a spool valve inside high-pressure oil pump that throttles oil intake to
the pump to regulate Injection Control Pressure (ICP). As demand for ICP increases, the ECM increases current
to the IPR valve solenoid. When demand for ICP decreases, duty cycle to the IPR valve decreases which moves
spool valve inside high-pressure oil pump to close spool valve that throttles intake to high-pressure oil pump.
When ICP electrical signal is out of range, the ECM sets a fault code. When ICP signals are out of range, the
ECM goes into open loop operation. IPR valve will operate from programmed default values. ICP sensor is
installed in high-pressure oil manifold under valve cover.
2496 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Fuel Injector
Two 50-volt, 25-amp coils control a spool valve that directs oil flow in and out of the injector. Each injector has
a single, four-pin connector that connects to the under valve cover harness. Injectors have an OPEN coil and a
CLOSE coil that move the spool valve open and closed using magnetic force. The spool has two positions:
• When the spool valve is open, oil flows into the injector from the high-pressure oil manifold.
• When the spool valve is closed, oil exhausts from the top of the fuel injector and drains back to the crankcase.
Injector Needle
The injector needle opens inward when fuel pressure overcomes the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP). Fuel is
atomized at high-pressure through the nozzle tip.
Fill Stage
During the fuel fill stage, both coils are de-energized and the spool valve is closed. High-pressure oil from the
high-pressure oil manifold is stopped at the spool valve. Low-pressure fuel fills the four ports and enters through
the edge filter on its way to the chamber beneath the plunger. The needle control spring holds the needle onto
its seat to prevent fuel from entering combustion chamber.
Injection
1. The ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the OPEN coil. The Peak current rapidly moves the spool valve
open. High-pressure oil flows past the spool valve and onto the top of the intensifier piston. Oil pressure
overcomes the force of the intensifier piston spring and the intensifier starts to move down. An increase
in fuel pressure under the plunger seats the fuel intake check ball, and fuel pressure starts to build on the
needle.
2. The Hold current causes the spool valve to remain open. High-pressure oil from the high-pressure oil
manifold continues to flow past the spool valve. The intensifier piston and plunger continue to move and
fuel pressure increases in the barrel. When fuel pressure rises above the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP),
the needle lifts off its seat and injection begins.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2499
End of Injection
3. When the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that the correct injector on-time has been reached to
deliver the correct amount of fuel, the ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the CLOSE coil and may
reverse the current through the OPEN coil. The current energizes the CLOSE coil and magnetic force closes
the spool valve. The high pressure oil supply to the injector is closed by the spool valve, and oil inside fuel
injector is exhausted through the spool valve to the crankcase.
4. The spool valve remains closed when the CLOSE coil is held closed by the Hold current. Oil above the
intensifier piston flows past the spool valve through the exhaust ports. The intensifier piston and plunger
return to their initial positions. Fuel pressure decreases until the needle control spring forces the needle
back on its seat. The close coil is de-energized.
2500 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The electric fuel pump draws fuel through fuel lines from fuel tank. Fuel enters the fuel filter assembly and passes
through the 100-micron strainer. An optional 250-watt electric heating element is available to warm incoming
fuel to prevent waxing and optimize cold weather performance. The heater is installed in fuel filter assembly,
below electric fuel pump. Fuel flows from strainer through electric fuel pump to fuel filter for further conditioning.
If water is in fuel, the fuel filter element repels the water. The water is collected at the bottom of the main filter
element cavity in fuel filter assembly. Fuel flows through the 5-micron filter element and the standpipe. Filter
element removes debris from fuel. The standpipe prevents fuel from draining from fuel rail during service. When
the fuel filter is removed for servicing, the filter uncovers a drain to allow fuel in the fuel filter housing to drain
back to tank during service procedure.
2502 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
16. Fuel pressure regulator valve 22. M6 screw (7) 29. Heater plug O-ring gasket
assembly 23. O-ring 30. Dust cap
17. Fuel pressure regulator spring 24. Water drain valve assembly 31. Diagnostic coupling
18. Cover plate seal 25. M5 x 18 Torx® screw (2) 32. #906 O-ring
19. Bottom cover plate 26. O-ring seal 33. M8 x 75 bolt
20. Sensor O-ring 27. Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor 34. Stop Flow adapter assembly
21. Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) 28. 250 watt heater assembly (fuel intake)
sensor (optional) 35. Gasket
When maximum amount of water is collected in element cavity, the Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor sends a signal to
the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The ECM turns on the amber WIF lamp located on the instrument cluster.
A water drain valve is located on the fuel filter assembly and can be opened to drain contaminants (usually
water) from the assembly. Fuel pump must be commanded ON to drain water from the system. If the drain
port is opened without the fuel pump on, the water will NOT drain out. A fuel pressure regulator valve is built
into the fuel filter assembly. The regulator valve is calibrated to relieve excessive fuel pressure. Excess fuel is
sent through a fuel return line back to the fuel tank. Return fuel is not filtered. Fuel continuously flows from the
top of the filter element cavity, through a 0.2 mm air bleed orifice (filter center tube feature), and into the return
fuel line. This aids in removing trapped air from the element cavity as a result of servicing. When the fuel filter
is removed, a drain-to-tank port is opened. Fuel present in the filter assembly then drains out and back to the
tank to provide improved cleanliness during servicing. When fuel lines are removed, a check valve eliminates
spillage and ensures fuel line cleanliness. The Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor detects low fuel pressure.
The FDP sensor sends a signal to the ECM when pressure is below programmed values for various engine
conditions. Filtered fuel flows from the fuel filter assembly into the fuel rail. The fuel rail is an integral part of
the intake manifold. Fuel flows into six cylinder head passages to each fuel injector. When the fuel injectors are
activated, fuel flows from the fuel passages through injector intake ports and into fuel injectors.
2504 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
7. Reservoir for high-pressure oil 14. Oil pressure regulator relief 20. Camshaft
pump valve 21. Crankcase
8. Unfiltered oil gallery 15. Regulator relief valve drain to 22. Vertical gallery
9. Pick-up tube sump 23. Cylinder head
10. Dual stage turbocharger 16. Oil pan assembly 24. Valve cover
11. Oil cooler 17. Crankshaft 25. Rocker arm assembly oil gallery
12. Oil filter 18. Piston cooling jet (6) 26. Air compressor (optional)
13. Oil cooler module assembly 19. Main filtered oil gallery
Unfiltered oil is drawn from the oil pan through the pick-up tube and front cover passage by the crankshaft
driven oil pump. Pressurized oil is forced through a front cover passage, into the crankcase gallery, and to the
oil system module assembly. Oil flow into the oil cooler is controlled by the thermal bypass valve. The thermal
bypass valve allows unfiltered oil to bypass the oil cooler when the oil temperature is cold, and flow directly to
the oil filter.
As the oil temperature begins to warm, the thermal bypass valve begins to open. This allows unfiltered oil to
flow into the oil cooler and oil filter. When the oil temperature is hot, the thermal bypass valve is fully open. This
allows all unfiltered oil to flow through the oil cooler before entering the oil filter. Unfiltered oil moves through
plates in the oil cooler heat exchanger.
Engine coolant flows around the plates to cool the surrounding oil. Oil that exits or bypasses the oil cooler mixes
and enters the spin-on oil filter. Oil flows from outside the filter element toward the inside to remove debris.
When the filter is restricted, the oil filter bypass (located in the oil filter can) opens and allows oil to bypass the
filter to maintain engine lubrication. The filter bypass valve opens when pressure reaches 60 psi (414 kPa).
After passing through the filter, the oil travels past the oil pressure regulator. The regulator directs excess oil
back to the oil pan to maintain oil pressure at a maximum of 57 psi (393 kPa).
Clean regulated oil enters the main oil gallery of the engine to lubricate the crankshaft, camshaft, and tappets.
The crankshaft has cross-drillings that direct oil to the connecting rods. Oil is also provided to the high-pressure
reservoir through a passage in the front cover. Piston cooling jets continuously direct cooled oil to the bottom of
the piston crowns.
Oil is provided to the cylinder head from the rear cam bearing through a passage at the rear of the crankcase.
Oil flows through a passage in the cylinder head and rear rocker shaft support, then enters the hollow rocker
shaft, which lubricates the rocker arms. The crankcase breather assembly oil separator is driven by unfiltered
oil pressure taken from the right side of the crankcase. Oil flows from the crankcase into the breather assembly
oil separator. Passages direct the oil through a pressed brass nozzle that controls oil flow into the drive oil
separator wheel. Oil drains into the base and mixes with oil from the breather system. The collected oil drains
into the crankcase and then into the oil pan.
The turbocharger is lubricated with filtered oil from a supply tube assembly that connects the oil cooler module
assembly to the center housing of each turbocharger. Oil drains back to the crankcase through drain tubes
connected to the base of the breather housing assembly. The optional air compressor is lubricated with filtered
engine oil through a flexible hose. The hose is connected to a tee on the left side of the crankcase near the
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Oil drains into the front cover and to the oil pan. Oil can also drain from the
bottom of the air compressor through a tube into the crankcase. The front gear train is splash-lubricated with oil
that drains from the high-pressure reservoir and the optional air compressor.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2507
The EGR coolant supply tube also branches off to interstage cooler (above 245 hp), if equipped. The interstage
cooler uses coolant to lower charged air temperature that exits from turbocharger low-pressure compressor and
enters turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
The surge tank provides expansion space for coolant and deaerates cooling system. The following four vents
provide coolant to the tank:
• Engine vent (top of coolant supply housing)
• EGR vent (top of EGR cooler)
• Main radiator vent (top of radiator)
• Interstage cooler vent (top of interstage cooler)
The surge tank returns coolant through surge line, back to water pump intake.
Cab heat is provided by heater core, which receives warmed coolant from coolant supply housing.
Thermostat Operation
Coolant travels through two ports after it passes through the thermostat. One port directs coolant to the radiator
when engine is at operating temperature. The other port directs coolant to the water pump until engine reaches
operating temperature. The thermostat begins to open at 190°F (88°C) and is fully open at 205°F (96°C).
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2509
When engine coolant is below 190°F (88°C), the thermostat is closed, blocking flow to radiator. Coolant is forced
to flow through a bypass port back to the water pump.
2510 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
When coolant temperature reaches nominal opening temperature of 190°F (88°C), thermostat opens allowing
some coolant to flow to radiator. When coolant temperature exceeds 205°F (96°C), lower seat blocks bypass
port, directing full coolant flow to radiator.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2511
Microprocessor
The microprocessor, installed inside the ECM, ACM, and DCU, process stored operating instructions (control
strategies) and value tables (calibration parameters). The microprocessor compares stored instructions and
values with conditioned input values to determine the correct strategy for all engine operations.
Diagnostic strategies are also programmed into the ECM, ACM, and DCU. Some strategies monitor inputs
continuously and command the necessary outputs for correct performance of the engine and aftertreatment.
Microprocessor Memory
The ECM and ACM microprocessors includes Read Only Memory (ROM) and Random Access Memory (RAM).
2512 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Actuator Control
Actuators are controlled in one of the following ways, depending upon type of actuator:
• Duty cycle (percent time On / Off)
• Switched On or Off
• CAN messages
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2513
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor
The ETV controls the flow of intake air to regulate operating temperature for exhaust aftertreatment and base
engine operation. The integral throttle actuator controls the engine throttle valve. The throttle actuator is
controlled by the ECM to activate the throttle valve. The ETP provides feedback to the ECM on the throttle
valve position.
Injectors
The injector injects fuel into the cylinders. The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the timing and the amount
of fuel being sprayed from each injector. The ECM also controls the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to
regulate fuel spray pressure.
ACM Actuators
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEF: SP) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEF: TT) Sensors
The DEF: SP is controlled using a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal from the ACM.
The DEF supply module has an internal temperature sensor (DEF: TT) used to monitor DEF: SP temperature.
The DEF: SP is part of the DEF supply module, and is not serviceable individually.
A thermistor sensor changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. As temperature changes at the
thermistor, voltage at the ECM, ACM, or DCU will change accordingly. Thermistors work with the control module
to produce a voltage signal inversely proportional to temperature values.
A thermistor sensor has two electrical terminals, signal and signal ground. The output of a thermistor sensor is
a non-linear analog signal.
Thermistor type sensors include the following:
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
• Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor
• Intake Air Heater (IAT) sensor
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEF: TLT) Sensor Module
The DEF: TLT sensor module is a combination sensor that monitors DEF tank level and temperature, and
communicates to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN)
communication.
The DEF: TLT sensor module is installed inside the DEF tank.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
The DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment DPF and DOC temperature. The DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from the DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors, and communicates these signals to the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) communication.
The DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors are not serviceable individually, and are part of the DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module.
Variable capacitance sensors measure pressure. The pressure measured is applied to a ceramic material.
Pressure forces the ceramic material closer to a thin metal disk. This action changes the capacitance of the
sensor.
The sensor is connected to the control module through the VREF, signal, and signal ground wires.
The sensor is powered by VREF and returns an analog signal voltage to the Engine Control Module (ECM) or
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The ECM, ACM, and DCU compares the voltage with pre-programmed
values to determine pressure.
Variable capacitance sensors include the following:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT: FP1) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFT: FT) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFT: FP2) sensor
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEFAP) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating the pressure difference between
the intake and outlet of the DPF.
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor is a differential pressure sensor with two tap-offs installed at the DPF. A tap-off is
installed before and after the DPF.
High-pressure Sensors
High-pressure sensors convert pressure to a linear analog voltage output of 0 to 5 volts. The pressure causes a
strain on the diaphragm with a strain gauge bonded to it. This sensor has three wires: VREF, signal ground, and
a signal wire. The sensor is powered by VREF from the ECM and is grounded through the ECM to a common
signal ground. The ECM compares the voltage with pre-programmed values to determine pressure.
High-pressure sensors include the following:
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
A magnetic pickup sensor contains a permanent magnet, a ferromagnetic pole piece, and a magnetic pickup.
The VRS generates an AC voltage signal that is proportional to the change in flux at the magnetic pickup as a
metal trigger wheel passes along the sensor
Magnetic pickup sensors used include the following:
• Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
• Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
• Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
• Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor
Switches
Switch sensors indicate position, level, or status. They operate open or closed, regulating the flow of current. A
switch sensor can be a voltage input switch or a grounding switch. A voltage input switch supplies the ECM with
a voltage when it is closed. A grounding switch grounds the circuit when closed, causing a zero voltage signal.
Grounding switches are usually installed in series with a current limiting resistor.
Switch sensors include the following:
• Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS)
• Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor
• Water In Fuel (WIF)
Potentiometer Sensors
A potentiometer is a variable voltage divider that senses the position of a mechanical component. A reference
voltage is applied to one end of the potentiometer. Mechanical rotary or linear motion moves the wiper along
the resistance material, changing voltage at each point along the resistive material. Voltage is proportional to
the amount of mechanical movement.
The engine has two potentiometers, both contained in the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor.
The Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is controlled to limit intake air. As part of the air management system, the ETV
is controlled by the ECM (closed loop) based on input from the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor for proper emissions
control.
The ETV is also used to help control intake air during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration process of
the aftertreatment system. It maintains vehicle and engine performance during regenerations.
2532 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Exhaust Brake
The exhaust brake is available for all ratings and aids in the deceleration rate of vehicles.
The exhaust brake is an exhaust back pressure brake system that provides improved braking performance.
The operator can enable the brake function by toggling an instrument panel mounted switch ON or OFF.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2533
Engine Brake
Operation
Figure 1204 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)
2. High-pressure oil gallery 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 8. Oil intake
3. Brake oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
2536 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Figure 1205 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 8. Normal oil seepage
2. High-pressure oil flow to brake 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 9. Oil intake
oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
3. Brake oil gallery 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)
During engine brake operation, The Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve (Figure 1204) (Item 4) opens to
supply high-pressure oil to each brake actuator piston (Figure 1204) (Item 5). These brake actuator pistons hold
the exhaust valves partially open.
During normal engine operation, oil in the high-pressure manifold (Figure 1204) (Item 1) goes to the fuel injectors
only. The engine compression brake valve, mounted in the high-pressure oil manifold, is closed to prevent oil
from entering the brake oil gallery (Figure 1204) (Item 3).
The Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors the following criteria to make sure certain conditions are met:
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (inactive)
• RPM (greater than 1200)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (less than 5%)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) (greater than or equal to 140°F [60°C])
• Operator input switches (On / Off)
If On is selected, and the preceding criteria are met, the engine brake will activate.
When the engine brake is activated, the ECM provides the power to activate the Engine Compression Brake
(ECB) valve to allow oil from the injector oil gallery to flow to the brake oil gallery (Figure 1205) (Item 3) . High
oil pressure activates the brake actuator pistons to open the exhaust valves.
Vehicle momentum is absorbed by the resulting compression release of the engine power cylinders when pistons
are near the top of their stroke.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2537
During an ABS event, the engine brake is deactivated. The engine brake is reactivated once the ABS event is
over.
The ECM removes the power source from the ECB valve (Figure 1205) (Item 4) to deactivate the engine brake.
Residual brake gallery pressure initially bleeds from the actuator bore. When brake gallery pressure bleeds
down the brake pressure relief valve opens, and oil drains back to sump.
Operation Modes
The engine brake system provides three programmable modes of operation based on terrain, driving conditions,
or driver preference.
Coast Mode
When the coast mode is programmed, the brake system will activate only when the driver applies the vehicle
service brake. The coast mode allows the vehicle to coast without automatic brake system activation.
Latched Mode
When the latch mode is programmed, the brake system will activate when the driver releases the accelerator
pedal. The brake system will deactivate when the driver depresses the accelerator or clutch pedals. The brake
system will also deactivate when the engine speed is below a pre-programmed rpm.
Cruise Mode
When the cruise mode is programmed, the brake system performs similar to latch mode under normal driving
conditions. When cruise control is used the brake system will activate when the vehicle travels down a grade.
The brake system helps the cruise control system maintain the set vehicle speed.
2538 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Additional Sensors
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module
The NH3 sensor module is used to control DEF dosing by monitoring ammonia levels at the Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
The NH3 sensor module monitors the NH3 sensor signal, and communicates this signal to the Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM).
The NH3 sensor is not serviceable individually, and is part of the NH3 sensor module.
Relays
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2543
Starter Relay
Table of Contents
J1939 Datalink
Vehicles are equipped with the SAE J1939 connector for communication between the Engine Control Module
(ECM), Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), transmission controller, ABS controller,
Body Controller (BC) and Electronic Service Tool (EST).
The SAE J1939 datalink supports:
• Transmission of engine parameter data
• Transmission and clearing of Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
• Diagnostics and troubleshooting
• Programming performance parameter values
• Programming engine and vehicle features
• Programming calibrations and strategies in the ECM, ACM, DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller
Service Diagnostics
Model year 2010 forward vehicles utilize DTCs identified using SPN and FMI identifiers only. These two
identifiers are displayed in the Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software in the DTC window.
The EST provides diagnostic information using the SAE J1939 datalink. The recommended EST is the EZ-Tech®
with ServiceMaxx™ diagnostic software provided by Navistar®.
Faults from sensors, actuators, electronic components, and engine systems are detected by the ECM , ACM,
DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller and sent to the EST as codes. Effective engine diagnostics require
and rely on codes.
Identification is accomplished using two fault code identifiers.
• SPN: The Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies the individual component causing the DTC.
• FMI: The Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2553
Engine Brake
The engine brake is a compression release brake system used to aid in the deceleration rate of the vehicle. This
option is built into the high-pressure oil manifold under the engine valve cover. This option cannot be combined
with the exhaust brake.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. The
vehicle owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.
The IST allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended engine idle times.
Thirty seconds before IST-defined engine shutdown, a vehicle instrument panel indicator activates. There are
two types of indicators:
• Amber flashing idle shutdown indicator for multiplex electrical systems
• Red flashing indicator with audible alarm for non-multiplex electrical systems
This continues until the engine shuts down or the low idle shutdown timer is reset.
• When vehicle parking brake is released, the idle shutdown time is limited to the CARB requirement of 15
minutes.
The duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming the customer IST programmable
parameter to a value lower than 15 minutes.
Service Interval
The service interval feature is designed to provide a visual reminder to the operator that the oil change interval
has expired and routine maintenance procedures should be performed.
The term “interval” in this case is used to describe the distance, time, or fuel used between the last maintenance
performed on the vehicle and the next maintenance, which is due.
It is essential that operators are trained to know the maintenance schedules and instructions regarding the
operation and reset functionality of the service interval for the feature to be effective.
The change engine oil interval message can be programmed with the EST for mileage, hours, or amount of fuel
used. The change oil message timer can be reset using the CRUISE ON and RESUME/ACCEL switches or the
Electronic Service Tool (EST).
Traction Control
Traction control is a system that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
When a traction control condition occurs, a datalink message is sent to the ECM to limit fuel for the purpose of
reducing engine torque.
Vehicles must have a transmission and an Antilock Braking System (ABS) that supports traction control.
Additional programming flexibility is included to allow a trade-off to be made between performance and fuel
economy.
2556 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2557
Table of Contents
C – Celsius
CAC – Charge Air Cooler
CACOT – Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature
CAN – Controller Area Network
CAN-H – Controller Area Network High
CAN-L – Controller Area Network Low
CAP – Cold Ambient Protection
CARB – California Air Resources Board
cc – Cubic centimeter
CCA – Cold Cranking Ampere
CCV – Coolant Control Valve
CCOSS – Crankcase Oil Separator Speed
CCPS – Crankcase Pressure Sensor
CCS – Cruise Control Switches
CDR – Crankcase Depression Regulator
cfm – Cubic feet per minute
cfs – Cubic feet per second
CFV – Coolant Flow Valve
CID – Cubic Inch Displacement
CKP – Crankshaft Position
CKP-H – Crankshaft Position High
CKP-L – Crankshaft Position Low
CKPO – Crankshaft Position Out
cm – Centimeter
CMP – Camshaft Position
CMP-H – Camshaft Position High
CMP-L – Camshaft Position Low
CMPO – Camshaft Position Out
CMV – Coolant Mixer Valve
CO – Carbon Monoxide
CO2 – Carbon Dioxide
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2561
DB – Decibel
DC – Direct Current
DCA – Diesel Coolant Additive
DCU – Doser Control Unit
DDI – Digital Direct Fuel Injection
DDS – Driveline Disengagement Switch
DEF – Diesel Exhaust Fluid
DEF: AP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure
DEF: DU – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit
DEF: L1HC – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line 1 Heater Control (Supply)
DEF: L2HC – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line 2 Heater Control (Return)
DEF: L3HC – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line 3 Heater Control (Pressure)
DEF: RCV – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Control Valve
DEF: SMH – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
DEF: SP – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump
DEF: THC – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Control
DEF: TL – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
DEF: TT – Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
DLC – Data Link Connector
DME – Dimethyl Ether
DMM – Digital Multimeter
DOC – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
DOCIT – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature
DOCOT – Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Outlet Temperature
DPF – Diesel Particulate Filter
DPFDP – Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
DPFIT – Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature
DPFOP – DPF Outlet Pressure
DPFOT – Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
DSI – Down Stream Injection
DT – Diesel Turbocharged
DTC – Diagnostic Trouble Code
DTCs – Diagnostic Trouble Codes
DTRM – Diesel Thermo Recirculation Module
F – Fahrenheit
FCV – Fuel Coolant Valve
FDP – Fuel Delivery Pressure
FEL – Family Emissions Limit
fhp – Friction horsepower
FMI – Failure Mode Indicator
FPC – Fuel Pump Control
FPCV – Fuel Pressure Control Valve
fpm – Feet per minute
FPM – Fuel Pump Monitor
fps – Feet per second
FRP – Fuel Rail Pressure
ft – Feet
FVCV – Fuel Volume Control Valve
H2O – Water
HC – Hydrocarbons
HCI – Hydrocarbon Injection
HEST – High Exhaust System Temperature
HFCM – Horizontal Fuel Conditioning Module
Hg – Mercury
hp – Horsepower
HPCAC – High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
HPCR – High-Pressure Common Rail
HPFP – High-Pressure Fuel Pump
hr – Hour
HS – Humidity Sensor
Hyd – Hydraulic
L – Liter
L/h – Liters per hour
L/m – Liters per minute
L/s – Liters per second
lb – Pound
lb – Pounds of force
lb/s – Pounds per second
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2565
m – Meter
m/s – Meters per second
MAF – Mass Air Flow
MAF GND – Mass Air Flow Ground
MAG – Magnetic
MAP – Manifold Absolute Pressure
MAP / IAT – Manifold Absolute Pressure / Intake Air Temperature
MAT – Manifold Air Temperature
mep – Mean effective pressure
mi – Mile
MIL – Malfunction Indicator Lamp
mm – Millimeter
mpg – Miles per gallon
mph – Miles per hour
MPR – Main Power Relay
MSDS – Material Safety Data Sheet
MSG – Micro Strain Gauge
MSM – Multiplex System Module
MY – Model Year
qt – Quart
V – Volt
VBAT or B+ – Battery Voltage
VC – Volume Control
VEPS – Vehicle Electronics Programming System
VGT – Variable Geometry Turbo
VIGN – Ignition Voltage
VIN – Vehicle Identification Number
VOP – Valve Opening Pressure
VRE – Vehicle Retarder Enable
VREF – Reference Voltage
VREF1 – Reference Voltage Engine
VREF2 – Reference Voltage Chassis
VREF3 – Reference Voltage Chassis
VREF4 – Reference Voltage Aftertreatment
VSO – Vehicle Speed Output
VSO or VSS_CAL – Vehicle Speed Output
VSS – Vehicle Speed Sensor
VSS_CAL or VSO – Vehicle Speed Output
VSS-H – Vehicle Speed Sensor High
VSS-L – Vehicle Speed Sensor Low
XCS – Transfercase
XMSN – Transmission
2568 8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
9 TERMINOLOGY 2569
Table of Contents
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2571
Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2571
2570 9 TERMINOLOGY
9 TERMINOLOGY 2571
Terminology
Terms
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor – A potentiometer sensor that indicates the position of the throttle
pedal.
Accessory work – The work per cycle required to drive engine accessories (normally, only those essential to
engine operation).
Actuator – A device that performs work in response to an input signal.
Actuator Control – The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the actuators by applying a low-level signal
(low-side driver) or a high-level signal (high side driver). When switched on, both drivers complete a ground or
power circuit to an actuator.
Aeration – The entrainment of air or combustion gas in coolant, lubricant, or fuel.
Aftercooler – See Charge Air Cooler.
Aftertreatment (AFT) system – A part of the exhaust system that processes engine exhaust to meet emission
requirements and traps particulate matter (soot) to prevent it from leaving the tailpipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD) – A part of the Downstream Injection (DSI) unit that sends pressurized
fuel to the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI) to inject fuel into the exhaust pipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS) – A sensor that monitors fuel temperature in the DSI system and
provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 Sensor (AFTP2) – A sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the DSI system
and provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV) – A valve used to prevent fuel flow to the AFI, and prevents all
uncontrolled fuel delivery for the Aftertreatment system during an AFTFD valve malfunction.
Air Control Valve (ACV) – Contains the LP turbocharger wastegate control port, HP turbocharger wastegate
control port, the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) control port, and the Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) port. Although these components are integral to the ACV, each circuit is controlled by the
ECM. The ACV controls compressed air for each control valve.
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors intake air temperature.
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor – A sensor that sends an ambient air temperature signal to the ECM.
Ambient temperature – The environmental air temperature in which a unit is operating. In general, the
temperature is measured in the shade (no solar radiation) and represents the air temperature for other engine
cooling performance measurement purposes. Air entering the radiator may or may not be the same ambient
due to possible heating from other sources or recirculation. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
American Trucking Association (ATA) Datalink – A serial datalink specified by the American Trucking
Association and the SAE.
Ampere (amp) – The standard unit for measuring the strength of an electrical current. The flow rate of a charge
in a conductor or conducting medium of one coulomb per second. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
Analog – A continuously variable voltage.
Analog to digital converter (A/D) – A device in the ECM that converts an analog signal to a digital signal.
Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC) – Feature providing a method for an operator to set and maintain
a constant engine speed without using the accelerator pedal. Commonly used for powering auxiliary devices
such as a Power Take-Off (PTO).
2572 9 TERMINOLOGY
Barometric Absolute Pressure (BAP) sensor – A sensor built into the ECM that provides barometric pressure
information to the ECM.
Boost pressure – 1. The pressure of the charge air leaving the turbocharger.
2. Intake manifold pressure that is greater than atmospheric pressure. Obtained by turbocharging.
Bottom Dead Center (BDC) – The lowest position of the piston during the stroke.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) – The power output from an engine, not the indicated horsepower. The power output
of an engine, sometimes-called flywheel horsepower, is less than the indicated horsepower by the amount of
friction horsepower consumed in the engine.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) net – Net brake horsepower is measured with all engine components. The power of
an engine when configured as a fully equipped engine. (SAE J1349 JUN90)
Brake On/Off (BOO) switch – A switch located on the brake pedal lever, that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Brake Pressure Switch (BPS) – A switch located in the brake pressure line that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Calibration – ECM programming strategy to solve engine performance equations and make decisions.
Calibration values are stored in ROM and put into the processor during programming to allow the engine to
operate within certain parameters.
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that provides the ECM with a camshaft speed
and position signal.
Carbon Monoxide (CO) – A colorless, odorless, highly poisonous gas that is formed by the incomplete
combustion of carbon burning diesel engine. It is present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
Catalyst – A substance that produces a chemical reaction without undergoing a chemical change itself.
Catalytic converter – An antipollution device in the exhaust system that contains a catalyst for chemically
converting some pollutants in the exhaust gases (carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons, and oxides of
nitrogen) into harmless compounds.
Cavitation – A dynamic condition in a fluid system that forms gas-filled bubbles (cavities) in the fluid.
Cetane number – 1. The auto-ignition quality of diesel fuel.
2. A rating applied to diesel fuel similar to octane rating for gasoline.
3. A measure of how readily diesel fuel starts to burn (self-ignites) at high compression temperature.
Diesel fuel with a high cetane number self-ignites shortly after injection into the combustion chamber. Therefore,
it has a short ignition delay time. Diesel fuel with a low cetane number resists self-ignition. Therefore, it has a
longer ignition delay time.
Charge air – Dense, pressurized, heated air discharged from the turbocharger.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) – A heat exchanger mounted in the charge air path between the turbocharger and
engine intake manifold. The charge air cooler reduces the charge air temperature by transferring heat from the
charge air to a cooling medium (usually air).
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors the temperature
of charge air entering the intake air duct.
Closed crankcase – A crankcase ventilation that recycles crankcase gases through a breather, then back to
the clean air intake.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2573
Closed loop operation – A system that uses sensors to provide feedback to the ECM. The ECM uses the
sensor input to continuously monitor variables and adjust actuators to match engine requirements.
Cloud point – The point when wax crystals occur in fuel, making fuel cloudy or hazy. Usually below -12°C
(10°F).
Cold cranking ampere rating (battery rating) – The sustained constant current (in amperes) needed to
produce a minimum terminal voltage under a load of 7.2 volts per battery after 30 seconds.
Cold Start Fuel Igniter (CSFI) – The CSFI heats the intake air by vaporizing and igniting fuel in the air intake
duct.
Cold Start Fuel Solenoid (CSFS) – As the engine is cranked, the ECM energizes the CSFS valve, introducing
fuel into the CSFI, which ignites and warms the air being drawn into the engine.
Cold Start Relay (CSR) – The CSR provides voltage to the CSFI, and is controlled by the ECM.
Controller Area Network (CAN) – A J1939 high-speed communication link.
Coolant – A fluid used to transport heat from one point to another.
Coolant Flow Valve (CFV) – The CFV is ECM controlled and redirects coolant through the fuel cooler, based
on Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT), when directed.
Coolant level switch – A switch sensor used to monitor coolant level.
Coolant Mixer Valve (CMV) – Controls coolant flow through the low-temperature radiator.
Continuous Monitor Test – An ECM function that continuously monitors the inputs and outputs to ensure that
readings are within set limits.
Crankcase – The housing that encloses the crankshaft, connecting rods, and allied parts.
Crankcase breather – A vent for the crankcase to release excess interior air pressure.
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor – The CCOSS sensor sends the ECM information about
the speed of the crankcase oil separator internal components.
Crankcase pressure – The force of air inside the crankcase against the crankcase housing.
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that determines crankshaft position and speed.
Cruise Control Switches (CCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO), and remote
hand throttle system.
Current – The flow of electrons passing through a conductor. Measured in amperes.
Cylinder Balance – An ECM control strategy to even-out the power contributions of each power cylinder.
Damper – A device that reduces the amplitude of torsional vibration. (SAE J1479 JAN85)
Deaeration – The removal or purging of gases (air or combustion gas) entrained in coolant or lubricating oil.
Deaeration tank – A separate tank in the coolant system used for one or more of the following functions:
• Deaeration
• Coolant reservoir (fluid expansion and afterboil)
• Coolant retention
• Filling
• Fluid level indication (visible)
2574 9 TERMINOLOGY
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) – Fault code identification utilized on pre-2010 vehicle model years. For
vehicle model year 2010 or newer, fault codes are identified using the Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifiers.
Diamond Logic Builder (DLB) – The diagnostics software for chassis related components and systems.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) – A DOC is part of the diesel exhaust Aftertreatment system. DOCs
are devices that use a chemical process to break down pollutants in the exhaust stream into less harmful
components. More specifically, DOCs utilize rare metals such as palladium and platinum to reduce hydrocarbon
based Soluble Organic Fraction (SOF) and carbon monoxide content of diesel exhaust by simple oxidation.
The DOC can be used during an active regeneration to create higher exhaust temperatures, thereby reducing
soot in the DPF.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature sensor (DOCIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake
temperature signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) – A diesel particulate filter, sometimes called a DPF, is a device designed to
remove diesel particulate matter or soot from the exhaust gas of a diesel engine.
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor – A sensor that measures pressure difference
between the intake and outlet of the DPF and provides feedback to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature sensor (DPFIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake temperature
signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature sensor (DPFOT) – A sensor that provides DOC outlet
temperature signal to the ECM.
Digital Multimeter (DMM) – An electronic meter that uses a digital display to indicate a measured value.
Preferred for use on microprocessor systems because it has a very high internal impedance and will not load
down the circuit being measured.
Disable – A computer decision that deactivates a system and prevents operation of the system.
Displacement – The stroke of the piston multiplied by the area of the cylinder bore multiplied by the number of
cylinders in the engine.
Down Stream Injection (DSI) – The DSI system injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature
of the exhaust gases, and is necessary for DPF regeneration.
Driver (high side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the power to an actuator circuit.
Driver (low side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the ground to an actuator circuit.
Dual Stage Turbocharger – An assembly of two turbochargers (low-pressure and high-pressure) in series to
provide a wide range of charge air pressures efficiently.
Duty cycle – A control signal that has a controlled on/off time measurement from 0 to 100%. Normally used to
control solenoids.
Engine Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – The ECM commands the EBPV to control the Exhaust Brake.
Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve – The ECB valve controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery
from the high-pressure oil rail gallery. This activates the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves.
Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid – The ECB1 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
Engine Compression Brake 2 (ECB2) solenoid – The ECB2 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2575
Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor – A high-pressure sensor that provides a feedback
signal to the ECM indicating brake control pressure.
Engine Control Module (ECM) – An electronic processor that monitors and controls the engine.
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor – A switch sensor that monitors coolant level.
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Electric Fuel Pump – Electric Fuel Pump
Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures fuel temperature.
Engine lamp – An instrument panel lamp that comes on when DTCs are set. DTCs can be read as flash codes
(red and amber instrument panel lamps).
Engine OFF tests – Tests that are done with the ignition switch ON and the engine OFF.
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures oil pressure.
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures oil temperature.
Engine rating – Engine rating includes Rated hp and Rated rpm.
Engine RUNNING tests – Tests done with the engine running.
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Position Sensor – The ETV valve is used to control airflow
during a regeneration process of the aftertreatment system. The ETV valve is also used to ensure a smooth
engine shut down by restricting airflow to the engine at shut down.
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) – Safeguards the engine from undesirable operating conditions
to prevent engine damage and to prolong engine life.
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) – The pressure present in the exhaust system during the exhaust period.
Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – A valve that regulates the amount of air pressure applied to the EBPV
pneumatic actuator.
Exhaust brake – A brake device using engine exhaust back pressure as a retarding medium.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) – A system used to recirculate a portion of the exhaust gases into the power
cylinder in order to reduce oxides of nitrogen.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler – A cooler that allows heat to dissipate from the exhaust gasses
before they enter the intake manifold.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects the exhaust gas
temperature entering the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve – The EGRV controls the flow of exhaust gases to the intake manifold.
The EGRV is integrated with an EGR Position (EGRP) sensor.
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) – The temperature of exhaust gases.
Exhaust manifold – Exhaust gases flow through the exhaust manifold to the turbocharger exhaust intake and
are directed to the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Manifold Pressure (EMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in
the exhaust manifold.
Exhaust Manifold Temperature (EMT) sensor – A thermistor style sensor used to indicate air temperature in
the exhaust manifold.
2576 9 TERMINOLOGY
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) – Identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
Fault detection/management – An alternate control strategy that reduces adverse effects that can be caused
by a system failure. If a sensor fails, the ECM substitutes a good sensor signal or assumed sensor value in its
place. A lit amber instrument panel lamp signals that the vehicle needs service.
Filter restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through a filter.
Flash code – See Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Fuel Cooler Control Valve – A valve used to redirect coolant through the fuel cooler.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure coming from
the fuel tank and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel intake restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through the fuel
intake line.
Fuel pressure – The force fuel exerts on the fuel system as it is pumped through the fuel system.
Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) – The FPCV controls the fuel pressure to the fuel rails and is controlled
by the ECM. FPCV control depends on fuel pressure and fuel temperature.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) – The amount of pressure in the fuel rail.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the fuel rail
and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel strainer – A pre-filter in the fuel system that keeps larger contaminants from entering the fuel system.
Fuel Volume Control Valve (FVCV) – The FVCV regulates the volume of flow sent to the HPFP. The FVCV
allows a sufficient quantity of fuel to be delivered to the HPFP depending on engine load, speed, injector quantity,
fuel temperature, and number of injections per cycle.
Fully equipped engine – A fully equipped engine is an engine equipped with only those accessories necessary
to perform its intended service. A fully equipped engine does not include components that are used to power
auxiliary systems. If these components are integral with the engine or, for any reason are included on the test
engine, the power absorbed may be determined and added to the net brake power. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Fusible link (fuse link) – A fusible link is a special section of low tension cable designed to open the circuit
when subjected to an extreme current overload. (SAE J1156 APR86)
Gradeability – The maximum percent grade, which the vehicle can transverse for a specified time at a specified
speed. The gradeability limit is the grade upon which the vehicle can just move forward. (SAE J227a)
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) – Maximum combined weight of towing vehicle (including
passengers and cargo) and the trailer. The GCWR indicates the maximum loaded weight that the vehicle is
allowed to tow.
Gross brake horsepower – The power of a complete basic engine, with air cleaner, without fan, and alternator,
and air compressor not charging.
H-Bridge Circuit – An H-Bridge (bipolar) circuit operates like putting a power source on one side of a motor and
connecting the other side of the motor to a ground. This turns the motor. By shifting the leads on the motor, it
will turn in the opposite direction.
Hall effect – The development of a transverse electric potential gradient in a current-carrying conductor or
semiconductor when a magnetic field is applied.
Hall effect sensor – Transducer that varies its output voltage in response to changes in a magnetic field.
Commonly used to time the speed of wheels and shafts.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2577
High-pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) assembly – The HPFP is a volumetric pump that supplies fuel at
high-pressure. The HPFP is mounted in the rear valley on the top of the engine and is driven by the camshaft.
High-pressure Piezo Common Rail (HPCR) – The HPFP pumps fuel through separate tubes to each fuel rail.
Each fuel rail has four fuel tubes, one for each injector, that maintain constant pressure from the high-pressure
pump to each injector.
High-speed digital inputs – Inputs to the ECM from a sensor that generates varying frequencies (engine speed
and vehicle speed sensors).
Horsepower (hp) – Horsepower is the unit of work done in a given period of time, equal to 33,000 pounds
multiplied by one foot per minute. 1hp = 33,000 lb x 1 ft /1 min.
Humidity Sensor (HS) – A sensor that measures the moisture content of filtered air entering the intake system.
Hydrocarbons – Organic compounds consisting of hydrogen and carbon (fuel and oil).
Hydrocarbon Injector – Injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature of the exhaust gases.
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) – An engine calibration that allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended
engine idle times.
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor – Provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating injection control
pressure.
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve – A valve that is used to maintain desired injection control pressure.
Intake Air Heater (IAH) – The IAH is primarily used to assist in starting the engine during cold weather. In
addition, it helps to reduce white smoke emissions by heating the incoming air.
Intake manifold – Engine component that evenly supplies air to each intake port in the cylinder head(s).
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in the
intake manifold.
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor – A thermistor sensor used to indicate air temperature in the intake
manifold.
Internal Transfer Pump (ITP) – The ITP is part of the HPFP assembly and driven off the same shaft as the
HPFP assembly. The ITP supplies fuel at a slightly higher pressure and flow to the HPFP though the FVCV. The
ITP also provides fuel for cooling and lubrication of the HPFP. Fuel is rerouted as pump return flow through the
HPFP cooling and lubrication valve. Pressure is maintained at the intake of the HPFP piston pump by an ITP
regulator.
Interstage Cooler (ISC) – Uses cooled coolant to lower the charged air temperature that exits from the
turbocharger low-pressure compressor and enters the turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
Low speed digital inputs – Switched sensor inputs that generate an on/off (high/low) signal to the ECM. The
input to the ECM from the sensor could be from a high input source switch (usually 5 or 12 volts) or from a
grounding switch that grounds the signal from a current limiting resistor in the ECM that creates a low signal (0
volts).
Low temperature radiator thermostat – Coolant flow to the low temperature radiator is regulated by the low
temperature radiator thermostat.
Lubricity – Lubricity is the ability of a substance to reduce friction between solid surfaces in relative motion
under loaded conditions.
Lug (engine) – A condition when the engine is run at an overly low RPM for the load being applied.
2578 9 TERMINOLOGY
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) – An indicator lamp in the Electronic Instrument Cluster that will illuminate
when a detected emissions fault occurs.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) – Boost pressure in the manifold that is a result of the turbocharger.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures boost pressure.
Manometer – A double-leg liquid-column gauge, or a single inclined gauge, used to measure the difference
between two fluid pressures. Typically, a manometer records in inches of water.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) – The intake airflow in an engine.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor – The MAF sensor is used for closed loop control of the EGR valve and ITV. The
ECM monitors the MAF signal so that the ECM can control the EGR and intake throttle systems.
Magnehelic Gauge – A gauge that measures pressure in inches of water.
Magnetic Pickup Sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor generates an alternating frequency that indicates speed.
Magnetic pickups have a two-wire connection for signal and ground. This sensor has a permanent magnetic
core surrounded by a wire coil. The signal frequency is generated by the rotation of the gear teeth that disturb
the magnetic field.
Metering unit valve assembly – The Metering unit valve assembly provides a metered amount of fuel to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI).
Microprocessor – An integrated circuit in a microcomputer that controls information flow.
Micro Strain Gauge (MSG) Sensor – A MSG sensor measures pressure. Pressure exerts force on a pressure
vessel that stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the
pressure vessel. Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides form by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high temperatures
and pressures in the combustion chamber.
Normally closed – Refers to a switch that remains closed when no control force is acting on it.
Normally open – Refers to a switch that remains open when no control force is acting on it.
Ohm (Ω) – The unit of electrical resistance. One ohm is the value of resistance through which a potential of one
volt will maintain a current of one ampere. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
On demand test – A self-test the technician initiates using the EST that is run from a program in the software.
Output Circuit Check (OCC) – An on-demand test done during an Engine OFF self-test to check the continuity
of selected actuators.
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor – A sensor mounted to the rear of the transmission that supplies a vehicle
speed signal to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal to control Power Takeoff (PTO), road speed limiting, and
cruise control. Automatic transmissions use this signal for shift scheduling.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides formed by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high
temperatures.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) – A sensor that monitors oxygen levels in the exhaust.
pH – A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Particulate matter – Particulate matter includes mostly burned particles of fuel and engine oil.
Piezometer – An instrument for measuring fluid pressure.
Power – Power is a measure of the rate at which work (force x distance) is done during a specific time. Compare
with Torque.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2579
Power TakeOff (PTO) – Accessory output, usually from the transmission, used to power a hydraulic pump for
a special auxiliary feature (garbage packing, lift equipment, etc).
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – Succession of digital electrical pulses, rather than an analog signal. Efficient
method of providing power between fully on and fully off.
Radiator Shutter Enable (RSE) – A feature that uses various input signals to open or close radiator shutters
by energizing or de-energizing a solenoid that controls an air or hydraulic cylinder.
Random Access Memory (RAM) – Computer memory that stores information. Information can be written to and
read from RAM. Input information (current engine speed or temperature) can be stored in RAM to be compared
to values stored in Read Only Memory (ROM). All memory in RAM is lost when the ignition switch is turned off.
Rated gross horsepower – Engine gross horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE
J1995 JUN90)
Rated horsepower – Maximum brake horsepower output of an engine as certified by the engine manufacturer.
The power of an engine when configured as a basic engine. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Rated net horsepower – Engine net horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE J1349
JUN90)
Rated speed – The speed, as determined by the manufacturer, at which the engine is rated. (SAE J1995
JUN90)
Rated torque – Maximum torque produced by an engine as certified by the manufacturer.
Ratiometric Voltage – In a MSG sensor, pressure to be measured exerts force on a pressure vessel that
stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the pressure vessel.
Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Reference voltage (VREF) – A 5 volt reference supplied by the ECM to operate the engine sensors.
Regeneration – Oxidation of accumulated soot (carbon-based particulates) in the DPF. The soot is reduced to
ash and stored in the PDF.
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) – A feature that allows the operator to set and maintain a constant
engine speed from outside the vehicle cab. This feature may also be known as Remote Engine Speed Control
(RESC). Control over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on the RESC
and select the desired engine speed.
Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC) – See Remote Accelerator Pedal Position.
Reserve capacity – Time in minutes that a fully charged battery can be discharged to 10.5 volts at 25 amperes.
Return Fuel System – The return fuel system moves unused fuel from the fuel injectors to the fuel cooler.
Excess fuel out of the FVCV and the FPCV mix with fuel from the fuel injectors on the way to the fuel cooler.
Road Speed Limiter (RSL) – Feature designed to regulate the maximum vehicle speed as controlled by the
accelerator pedal.
ServiceMaxx™ software – Diagnostics software for engine related components and systems.
Signal Conditioner – The signal conditioner in the internal microprocessor converts analog signals to digital
signals, squares up sine wave signals, or amplifies low-intensity signals to a level that the ECM microprocessor
can process.
Signal ground – The common ground wire to the ECM for the sensors.
Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO),
and remote hand throttle system.
2580 9 TERMINOLOGY
Starter Motor Control (SMC) – An ECM function that prevents starter engagement while the engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm), when the automatic transmission is in gear, or when the manual transmission
clutch pedal is not depressed.
Steady state condition – An engine operating at a constant speed and load and at stabilized temperatures and
pressures. (SAE J215 JAN80)
Strategy – A plan or set of operating instructions that the microprocessor follows for a desired goal. Strategy
is the computer program itself, including all equations and decision making logic. Strategy is always stored in
ROM and cannot be changed during calibration.
Stroke – The movement of the piston from Top Dead Center (TDC) to BDC.
Substrate – Material that supports the wash coating or catalytic materials.
Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) – A 19-bit number used to identify the item for which diagnostics are being
reported. The SPN is used for multiple purposes, some that are specific to diagnostics are as follows:
• Identify the least repairable subsystem that has failed.
• Identify subsystems or assemblies that may not have hard failures but may be exhibiting abnormal operating
performance.
• Identify a particular event or condition that will be reported.
• Report a component and non-standard failure mode.
System restriction (air) – The static pressure differential that occurs at a given airflow from air entrance through
air exit in a system. Usually measured in inches (millimeters) of water. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
Tachometer output signal – Engine speed signal for remote tachometers.
Thermistor – A semiconductor device. A sensing element that changes resistance as the temperature changes.
Thermistor Sensor – Changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. Resistance in the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases, and increases as temperature decreases. Thermistors work with a resistor
that limits current to form a voltage signal matched with a temperature value.
Thrust load – A thrust load pushes or reacts through a bearing in a direction parallel to the shaft.
Top Dead Center (TDC) – The uppermost position of the piston during the stroke.
Torque – A force having a twisting or turning effect. For a single force, the cross product of a vector from some
reference point to the point of application of the force within the force itself. Also known as moment of force or
rotation moment. Torque is a measure of the ability of an engine to do work.
Traction Control – System that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
Truck Computer Analysis of Performance and Economy (TCAPE) – A computer program that simulates the
performance and fuel economy of trucks.
Turbocharger – A turbine driven compressor mounted on the exhaust manifold. The turbocharger increases
the pressure, temperature and density of intake air to charge air.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors
exhaust back-pressure.
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake (TC2CIS) sensor – The TC2CIS sensor includes a thermistor sensor that
monitors the temperature of charge air entering the HP turbocharger. This sensor also monitors boost pressure
for the LP turbocharger.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2581